| //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// | 
 | // | 
 | //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | 
 | // | 
 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | 
 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | 
 | // | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // | 
 | //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. | 
 | // | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex | 
 | #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. | 
 | #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex | 
 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" | 
 | #include <algorithm> | 
 | #include <cstring> | 
 | #include <functional> | 
 |  | 
 | using namespace clang; | 
 | using namespace sema; | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { | 
 |   if (OwnedType) { | 
 |     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; | 
 |     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { | 
 |  public: | 
 |    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, | 
 |                         bool AllowTemplates = false, | 
 |                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true) | 
 |        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), | 
 |          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { | 
 |      WantExpressionKeywords = false; | 
 |      WantCXXNamedCasts = false; | 
 |      WantRemainingKeywords = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { | 
 |     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { | 
 |       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) | 
 |         return AllowTemplates; | 
 |  | 
 |       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); | 
 |       if (!IsType) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (AllowNonTemplates) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid | 
 |       // as a template or as a non-template. | 
 |       if (AllowTemplates) { | 
 |         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); | 
 |         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); | 
 |         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || | 
 |                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |  private: | 
 |   bool AllowInvalidDecl; | 
 |   bool WantClassName; | 
 |   bool AllowTemplates; | 
 |   bool AllowNonTemplates; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. | 
 | bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { | 
 |   switch (Kind) { | 
 |   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a | 
 |   // token kind is a valid type specifier | 
 |   case tok::kw_short: | 
 |   case tok::kw_long: | 
 |   case tok::kw___int64: | 
 |   case tok::kw___int128: | 
 |   case tok::kw_signed: | 
 |   case tok::kw_unsigned: | 
 |   case tok::kw_void: | 
 |   case tok::kw_char: | 
 |   case tok::kw_int: | 
 |   case tok::kw_half: | 
 |   case tok::kw_float: | 
 |   case tok::kw_double: | 
 |   case tok::kw__Float16: | 
 |   case tok::kw___float128: | 
 |   case tok::kw_wchar_t: | 
 |   case tok::kw_bool: | 
 |   case tok::kw___underlying_type: | 
 |   case tok::kw___auto_type: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   case tok::annot_typename: | 
 |   case tok::kw_char16_t: | 
 |   case tok::kw_char32_t: | 
 |   case tok::kw_typeof: | 
 |   case tok::annot_decltype: | 
 |   case tok::kw_decltype: | 
 |     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |  | 
 |   case tok::kw_char8_t: | 
 |     return getLangOpts().Char8; | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { | 
 |   NotFound, | 
 |   FoundNonType, | 
 |   FoundType | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for | 
 | /// dependent class. | 
 | /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a | 
 | /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. | 
 | static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult | 
 | lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 |                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | 
 |   if (!RD->hasDefinition()) | 
 |     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; | 
 |   // Look for type decls in base classes. | 
 |   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = | 
 |       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; | 
 |   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; | 
 |     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) | 
 |       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | 
 |       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary | 
 |       // templates. | 
 |       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); | 
 |       if (!TD) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = | 
 |           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { | 
 |         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) | 
 |           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; | 
 |         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { | 
 |           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = | 
 |                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) | 
 |             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) | 
 |               BaseRD = PS; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (BaseRD) { | 
 |       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { | 
 |         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) | 
 |           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; | 
 |         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { | 
 |         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { | 
 |         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: | 
 |           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; | 
 |         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: | 
 |           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; | 
 |           break; | 
 |         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return FoundTypeDecl; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, | 
 |                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II, | 
 |                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) { | 
 |   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; | 
 |   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = | 
 |       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; | 
 |   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; | 
 |        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; | 
 |        DC = DC->getParent()) { | 
 |     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary | 
 |     // templates. | 
 |     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); | 
 |     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) | 
 |       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user | 
 |   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the | 
 |   // lookup during template instantiation. | 
 |   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; | 
 |  | 
 |   ASTContext &Context = S.Context; | 
 |   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, | 
 |                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); | 
 |   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); | 
 |  | 
 |   CXXScopeSpec SS; | 
 |   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeLocBuilder Builder; | 
 |   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); | 
 |   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); | 
 |   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | 
 |   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); | 
 |   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, | 
 | /// return the declaration of that type. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II | 
 | /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to | 
 | /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an | 
 | /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that | 
 | /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. | 
 | ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 |                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, | 
 |                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, | 
 |                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, | 
 |                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName, | 
 |                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, | 
 |                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, | 
 |                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { | 
 |   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. | 
 |   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && | 
 |                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && | 
 |                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Determine where we will perform name lookup. | 
 |   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; | 
 |   if (ObjectTypePtr) { | 
 |     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); | 
 |     if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) | 
 |       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); | 
 |   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { | 
 |     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!LookupCtx) { | 
 |       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { | 
 |         // C++ [temp.res]p3: | 
 |         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the | 
 |         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) | 
 |         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the | 
 |         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an | 
 |         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). | 
 |         // | 
 |         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would | 
 |         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. | 
 |         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) | 
 |           return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, | 
 |         // so build a dependent node to describe the type. | 
 |         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) | 
 |           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); | 
 |  | 
 |         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); | 
 |         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, | 
 |                                        II, NameLoc); | 
 |         return ParsedType::make(T); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && | 
 |         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of | 
 |   // lookup for class-names. | 
 |   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : | 
 |                                       LookupOrdinaryName; | 
 |   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); | 
 |   if (LookupCtx) { | 
 |     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we | 
 |     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access | 
 |     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior | 
 |     // nested-name-specifier. | 
 |     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { | 
 |       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: | 
 |       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up | 
 |       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of | 
 |       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also | 
 |       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall | 
 |       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. | 
 |       LookupName(Result, S); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Perform unqualified name lookup. | 
 |     LookupName(Result, S); | 
 |  | 
 |     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into | 
 |     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. | 
 |     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { | 
 |       if (ParsedType TypeInBase = | 
 |               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) | 
 |         return TypeInBase; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   switch (Result.getResultKind()) { | 
 |   case LookupResult::NotFound: | 
 |   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: | 
 |     if (CorrectedII) { | 
 |       TypoCorrection Correction = | 
 |           CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, | 
 |                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( | 
 |                           true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), | 
 |                       CTK_ErrorRecovery); | 
 |       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
 |       TemplateTy Template; | 
 |       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; | 
 |       UnqualifiedId TemplateName; | 
 |       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); | 
 |       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); | 
 |       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; | 
 |       if (SS && NNS) { | 
 |         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); | 
 |         NewSSPtr = &NewSS; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && | 
 |           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected | 
 |           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names | 
 |           // is handled elsewhere). | 
 |           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && | 
 |             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, | 
 |                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { | 
 |         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, | 
 |                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, | 
 |                                     IsCtorOrDtorName, | 
 |                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, | 
 |                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); | 
 |         if (Ty) { | 
 |           diagnoseTypo(Correction, | 
 |                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) | 
 |                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); | 
 |           if (SS && NNS) | 
 |             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); | 
 |           *CorrectedII = NewII; | 
 |           return Ty; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through | 
 |     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; | 
 |   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: | 
 |   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: | 
 |     Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   case LookupResult::Ambiguous: | 
 |     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll | 
 |     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can | 
 |     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error | 
 |     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error | 
 |     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. | 
 |     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { | 
 |       Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. | 
 |     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); | 
 |          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { | 
 |       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || | 
 |           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { | 
 |         if (!IIDecl || | 
 |             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < | 
 |               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) | 
 |           IIDecl = *Res; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!IIDecl) { | 
 |       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way | 
 |       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't | 
 |       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to | 
 |       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which | 
 |       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected | 
 |       // a type name. | 
 |       Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the | 
 |     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right | 
 |     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to | 
 |     // perform the name lookup again. | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case LookupResult::Found: | 
 |     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType T; | 
 |   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { | 
 |     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name | 
 |     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. | 
 |     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. | 
 |     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); | 
 |     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); | 
 |     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && | 
 |         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && | 
 |         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) | 
 |       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) | 
 |           << &II << /*Type*/1; | 
 |  | 
 |     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); | 
 |     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); | 
 |   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { | 
 |     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); | 
 |     if (!HasTrailingDot) | 
 |       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); | 
 |   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { | 
 |     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) | 
 |       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), | 
 |                                                        QualType(), false); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (T.isNull()) { | 
 |     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. | 
 |     Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a | 
 |   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier | 
 |   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). | 
 |   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && | 
 |       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { | 
 |     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { | 
 |       // Construct a type with type-source information. | 
 |       TypeLocBuilder Builder; | 
 |       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); | 
 |       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); | 
 |       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | 
 |       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); | 
 |       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return ParsedType::make(T); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. | 
 | static NestedNameSpecifier * | 
 | synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { | 
 |     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); | 
 |     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); | 
 |     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) | 
 |       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); | 
 |     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) | 
 |       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), | 
 |                                          RD->getTypeForDecl()); | 
 |     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) | 
 |       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method | 
 | /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end | 
 | /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC | 
 | /// correctly rejects. | 
 | static const CXXRecordDecl * | 
 | findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { | 
 |     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); | 
 |     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) | 
 |       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) | 
 |         return MD->getParent(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, | 
 |                                           SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 |                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { | 
 |   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); | 
 |  | 
 |   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; | 
 |   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { | 
 |     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup | 
 |     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We | 
 |     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and | 
 |     // lookup is retried. | 
 |     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no | 
 |     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any | 
 |     // name specifiers. | 
 |     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); | 
 |     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; | 
 |   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = | 
 |                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { | 
 |     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at | 
 |     // instantiation time. | 
 |     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), | 
 |                                       RD->getTypeForDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during | 
 |     // template instantiation. | 
 |     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II | 
 |                                                                       << RD; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // This is not a situation that we should recover from. | 
 |     return ParsedType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have | 
 |   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. | 
 |   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; | 
 |   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); | 
 |   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeLocBuilder Builder; | 
 |   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); | 
 |   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); | 
 |   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | 
 |   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); | 
 |   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* | 
 | /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If | 
 | /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, | 
 | /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose | 
 | /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. | 
 | DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { | 
 |   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. | 
 |   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); | 
 |   LookupName(R, S, false); | 
 |   R.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) | 
 |     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { | 
 |       switch (TD->getTagKind()) { | 
 |       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; | 
 |       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; | 
 |       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union; | 
 |       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class; | 
 |       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, | 
 | /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes | 
 | /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. | 
 | /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: | 
 | /// @code | 
 | /// template<class T> class A { | 
 | /// public: | 
 | ///   typedef int TYPE; | 
 | /// }; | 
 | /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { | 
 | /// public: | 
 | ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. | 
 | /// }; | 
 | /// @endcode | 
 | bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { | 
 |   if (CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 |     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); | 
 |     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) | 
 |       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, | 
 |                                    SourceLocation IILoc, | 
 |                                    Scope *S, | 
 |                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS, | 
 |                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType, | 
 |                                    bool IsTemplateName) { | 
 |   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. | 
 |   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). | 
 |   SuggestedType = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo | 
 |   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. | 
 |   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = | 
 |           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, | 
 |                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( | 
 |                           false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), | 
 |                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. | 
 |     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; | 
 |     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { | 
 |       // We corrected to a keyword. | 
 |       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, | 
 |                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest | 
 |                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) | 
 |                        << II); | 
 |       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. | 
 |       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { | 
 |         diagnoseTypo(Corrected, | 
 |                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest | 
 |                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) | 
 |                          << II, CanRecover); | 
 |       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { | 
 |         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); | 
 |         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && | 
 |                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); | 
 |         diagnoseTypo(Corrected, | 
 |                      PDiag(IsTemplateName | 
 |                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest | 
 |                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) | 
 |                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), | 
 |                      CanRecover); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!CanRecover) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; | 
 |       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) | 
 |         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), | 
 |                           SourceRange(IILoc)); | 
 |       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. | 
 |       SuggestedType = | 
 |           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, | 
 |                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, | 
 |                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, | 
 |                       /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { | 
 |     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. | 
 |     UnqualifiedId Name; | 
 |     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); | 
 |     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; | 
 |     TemplateTy TemplateResult; | 
 |     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; | 
 |     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, | 
 |                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, | 
 |                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { | 
 |       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag | 
 |   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) | 
 |     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template | 
 |                                : diag::err_unknown_typename) | 
 |         << II; | 
 |   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) | 
 |     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template | 
 |                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) | 
 |         << II << DC << SS->getRange(); | 
 |   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) | 
 |       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; | 
 |  | 
 |     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) | 
 |       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() | 
 |       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); | 
 |     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), | 
 |                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && | 
 |            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name | 
 | /// or | 
 | static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { | 
 |   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |                        NextToken.is(tok::less); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { | 
 |     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, | 
 |                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
 |                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name, | 
 |                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) { | 
 |   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); | 
 |   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); | 
 |   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { | 
 |     StringRef FixItTagName; | 
 |     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { | 
 |       case TTK_Class: | 
 |         FixItTagName = "class "; | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case TTK_Enum: | 
 |         FixItTagName = "enum "; | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case TTK_Struct: | 
 |         FixItTagName = "struct "; | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case TTK_Interface: | 
 |         FixItTagName = "__interface "; | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case TTK_Union: | 
 |         FixItTagName = "union "; | 
 |         break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); | 
 |     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) | 
 |       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); | 
 |  | 
 |     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); | 
 |          I != IEnd; ++I) | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) | 
 |         << Name << TagName; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. | 
 |     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); | 
 |     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. | 
 | static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
 |                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { | 
 |   ASTContext &Context = S.Context; | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeLocBuilder Builder; | 
 |   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); | 
 |   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); | 
 |   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | 
 |   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); | 
 |   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::NameClassification | 
 | Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, | 
 |                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, | 
 |                    bool IsAddressOfOperand, | 
 |                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { | 
 |   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); | 
 |   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { | 
 |     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); | 
 |     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); | 
 |   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && | 
 |              isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { | 
 |     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the | 
 |     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. | 
 |     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser | 
 |     // will reject it later. | 
 |     return NameClassification::Unknown(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 |   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); | 
 |  | 
 |   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into | 
 |   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. | 
 |   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | 
 |     if (ParsedType TypeInBase = | 
 |             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) | 
 |       return TypeInBase; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically | 
 |   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. | 
 |   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal | 
 |   // unqualified lookup mechanism. | 
 |   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { | 
 |     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); | 
 |     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) | 
 |       return E; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool SecondTry = false; | 
 |   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; | 
 |  | 
 | Corrected: | 
 |   switch (Result.getResultKind()) { | 
 |   case LookupResult::NotFound: | 
 |     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function | 
 |     // call. | 
 |     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { | 
 |       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. | 
 |       // FIXME: Reference? | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); | 
 |  | 
 |       // C90 6.3.2.2: | 
 |       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a | 
 |       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no | 
 |       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is | 
 |       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing | 
 |       //   the function call, the declaration | 
 |       // | 
 |       //     extern int identifier (); | 
 |       // | 
 |       //   appeared. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. | 
 |       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { | 
 |         Result.addDecl(D); | 
 |         Result.resolveKind(); | 
 |         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in | 
 |     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", | 
 |     // "struct", or "union". | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && | 
 |         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is | 
 |     // close to this name. | 
 |     if (!SecondTry && CCC) { | 
 |       SecondTry = true; | 
 |       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), | 
 |                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S, | 
 |                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC), | 
 |                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { | 
 |         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; | 
 |         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; | 
 |  | 
 |         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); | 
 |         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && | 
 |             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { | 
 |           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; | 
 |           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; | 
 |         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && | 
 |                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || | 
 |                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || | 
 |                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { | 
 |           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; | 
 |           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         if (SS.isEmpty()) { | 
 |           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); | 
 |         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. | 
 |           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); | 
 |           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && | 
 |                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); | 
 |           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) | 
 |                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) | 
 |                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. | 
 |         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. | 
 |         if (Corrected.isKeyword()) | 
 |           return Name; | 
 |  | 
 |         // Also update the LookupResult... | 
 |         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point | 
 |         Result.clear(); | 
 |         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); | 
 |         if (FirstDecl) | 
 |           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let | 
 |         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to | 
 |         // reference the ivar. | 
 |         // FIXME: This is a gross hack. | 
 |         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { | 
 |           Result.clear(); | 
 |           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); | 
 |           return E; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         goto Corrected; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. | 
 |     Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |     return NameClassification::Unknown(); | 
 |  | 
 |   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { | 
 |     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were | 
 |     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other | 
 |     // dependent nested-name-specifier. | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [temp.res]p2: | 
 |     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is | 
 |     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type | 
 |     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is | 
 |     //   qualified by the keyword typename. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to | 
 |     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a | 
 |     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' | 
 |     // keyword here. | 
 |     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | 
 |                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, | 
 |                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case LookupResult::Found: | 
 |   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: | 
 |   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case LookupResult::Ambiguous: | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && | 
 |         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { | 
 |       // C++ [temp.local]p3: | 
 |       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an | 
 |       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than | 
 |       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found | 
 |       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name | 
 |       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the | 
 |       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not | 
 |       //   ambiguous. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, | 
 |       // so try again after filtering out template names. | 
 |       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); | 
 |       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { | 
 |         IsFilteredTemplateName = true; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. | 
 |     return NameClassification::Error(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && | 
 |       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { | 
 |     // C++ [temp.names]p3: | 
 |     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that | 
 |     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of | 
 |     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if | 
 |     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a | 
 |     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. | 
 |     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) | 
 |       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Result.empty()) { | 
 |       bool IsFunctionTemplate; | 
 |       bool IsVarTemplate; | 
 |       TemplateName Template; | 
 |       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { | 
 |         IsFunctionTemplate = true; | 
 |         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), | 
 |                                                      Result.end()); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         TemplateDecl *TD | 
 |           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); | 
 |         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); | 
 |         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); | 
 |  | 
 |         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) | 
 |           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), | 
 |                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, | 
 |                                                       TD); | 
 |         else | 
 |           Template = TemplateName(TD); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (IsFunctionTemplate) { | 
 |         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which | 
 |         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need | 
 |         // to based on which function we selected. | 
 |         Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |  | 
 |         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) | 
 |                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); | 
 |   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { | 
 |     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); | 
 |     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); | 
 |     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); | 
 |     if (SS.isNotEmpty()) | 
 |       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); | 
 |     return ParsedType::make(T); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); | 
 |   if (!Class) { | 
 |     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. | 
 |     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = | 
 |             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) | 
 |       Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Class) { | 
 |     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { | 
 |       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. | 
 |       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. | 
 |       Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |       return NameClassification::Unknown(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); | 
 |     return ParsedType::make(T); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. | 
 |   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && | 
 |       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) | 
 |     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( | 
 |         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it | 
 |   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. | 
 |   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); | 
 |   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || | 
 |        (NextIsOp && | 
 |         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && | 
 |       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { | 
 |     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); | 
 |     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); | 
 |     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); | 
 |     if (SS.isNotEmpty()) | 
 |       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); | 
 |     return ParsedType::make(T); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) | 
 |     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, | 
 |                                            nullptr, S); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); | 
 |   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics | 
 | Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { | 
 |   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); | 
 |   if (!TD) | 
 |     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; | 
 |   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) | 
 |     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; | 
 |   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) | 
 |     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; | 
 |   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) | 
 |     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; | 
 |   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) | 
 |     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; | 
 |   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) | 
 |     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; | 
 |   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a | 
 | // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the | 
 | // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. | 
 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |  | 
 |   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've | 
 |   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is | 
 |   // the context we'll need to return to. | 
 |   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated | 
 |   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally | 
 |   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These | 
 |   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing | 
 |   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); | 
 |   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an | 
 |   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or | 
 |   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the | 
 |   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). | 
 |   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { | 
 |     DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its | 
 |     // lexical context. | 
 |     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) | 
 |       return DC; | 
 |  | 
 |     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class | 
 |     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost | 
 |     // class is the context we need to return to. | 
 |     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) | 
 |       DC = RD; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is | 
 |     // declared in. | 
 |     return DC; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return DC->getLexicalParent(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && | 
 |       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); | 
 |   CurContext = DC; | 
 |   S->setEntity(DC); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { | 
 |   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); | 
 |   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, | 
 |                                                                     Decl *D) { | 
 |   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily | 
 |   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing | 
 |   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. | 
 |   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); | 
 |   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); | 
 |   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); | 
 |   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look | 
 |   // into the pre-existing complete definition. | 
 |   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); | 
 |   return Result; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { | 
 |   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context | 
 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. | 
 | /// | 
 | void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: | 
 |   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class | 
 |   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as | 
 |   //   if the name was used in a member function of X. | 
 |   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: | 
 |   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the | 
 |   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of | 
 |   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as | 
 |   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its | 
 |   //   namespace. | 
 |   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context | 
 |   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use | 
 |   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily | 
 |   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately, | 
 |   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
 |   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); | 
 |   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); | 
 |   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |   CurContext = DC; | 
 |   S->setEntity(DC); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { | 
 |   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is | 
 |   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. | 
 |   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); | 
 |   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); | 
 |   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to | 
 |   // disappear. | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { | 
 |   // We assume that the caller has already called | 
 |   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. | 
 |   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); | 
 |   if (!FD) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context | 
 |   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. | 
 |   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && | 
 |     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); | 
 |   CurContext = FD; | 
 |   S->setEntity(CurContext); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { | 
 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); | 
 |     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope | 
 |     if (Param->getIdentifier()) { | 
 |       S->AddDecl(Param); | 
 |       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { | 
 |   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, | 
 |   // rather than the top-level class. | 
 |   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); | 
 |   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); | 
 |   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function | 
 | /// PrevDecl with another declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not | 
 | /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return | 
 | /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an | 
 | /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an | 
 | /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" | 
 | /// attribute. | 
 | static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, | 
 |                                        ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                        const FunctionDecl *New) { | 
 |   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && | 
 |          (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || | 
 |           New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. | 
 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { | 
 |   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing | 
 |   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this | 
 |   // scope. | 
 |   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) | 
 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be | 
 |   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted | 
 |   // into any context. | 
 |   if (AddToContext) | 
 |     CurContext->addDecl(D); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they | 
 |   // are function-local declarations. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && | 
 |       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | 
 |         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && | 
 |       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. | 
 |   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && | 
 |       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this replaces anything in the current scope, | 
 |   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), | 
 |                                IEnd = IdResolver.end(); | 
 |   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { | 
 |     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { | 
 |       S->RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 |       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Should only need to replace one decl. | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   S->AddDecl(D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { | 
 |     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that | 
 |     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert | 
 |     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. | 
 |     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { | 
 |       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |       if (IDC == CurContext) { | 
 |         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) | 
 |         break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(D); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { | 
 |   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) | 
 |     TUScope->AddDecl(D); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, | 
 |                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) { | 
 |   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); | 
 |   do { | 
 |     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) | 
 |       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) | 
 |         return S; | 
 |   } while ((S = S->getParent())); | 
 |  | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, | 
 |                                             DeclContext*, | 
 |                                             ASTContext&); | 
 |  | 
 | /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope | 
 | /// as determined by isDeclInScope. | 
 | void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, | 
 |                                 bool ConsiderLinkage, | 
 |                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { | 
 |   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); | 
 |   while (F.hasNext()) { | 
 |     NamedDecl *D = F.next(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     F.erase(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   F.done(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they | 
 | /// have compatible owning modules. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { | 
 |   // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are | 
 |   // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for | 
 |   // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the | 
 |   // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. | 
 |   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && | 
 |       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { | 
 |     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); | 
 |     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); | 
 |   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); | 
 |   if (NewM == OldM) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Check proclaimed-ownership-declarations here too. | 
 |   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; | 
 |   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; | 
 |   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { | 
 |     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: | 
 |     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all | 
 |     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) | 
 |       << New | 
 |       << NewIsModuleInterface | 
 |       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") | 
 |       << OldIsModuleInterface | 
 |       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); | 
 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { | 
 |   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || | 
 |          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || | 
 |          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. | 
 | static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { | 
 |   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); | 
 |   while (F.hasNext()) | 
 |     if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) | 
 |       F.erase(); | 
 |  | 
 |   F.done(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check for this common pattern: | 
 | /// @code | 
 | /// class S { | 
 | ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT | 
 | ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT | 
 | /// }; | 
 | /// @endcode | 
 | static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { | 
 |   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get | 
 |   // the decl here. | 
 |   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return CD->isCopyConstructor(); | 
 |   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // We need this to handle | 
 | // | 
 | // typedef struct { | 
 | //   void *foo() { return 0; } | 
 | // } A; | 
 | // | 
 | // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' | 
 | // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', | 
 | // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end | 
 | // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. | 
 | // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or | 
 | // not. | 
 | bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { | 
 |   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); | 
 |   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { | 
 |     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ | 
 |       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     DC = DC->getParent(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return !D->isExternallyVisible(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want | 
 | // these semantics. | 
 | static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | 
 |   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { | 
 |   assert(D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions | 
 |   // of members of class templates. | 
 |   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || | 
 |       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly | 
 |     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. | 
 |     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && | 
 |         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | 
 |       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. | 
 |       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && | 
 |         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal | 
 |     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker | 
 |     // like "inline".) | 
 |     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && | 
 |         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && | 
 |         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && | 
 |         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. | 
 |   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function | 
 |   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. | 
 |   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { | 
 |   if (!D) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); | 
 |     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) | 
 |       return; // First should already be in the vector. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); | 
 |     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) | 
 |       return; // First should already be in the vector. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) | 
 |     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { | 
 |   if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Referenced = false; | 
 |   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are | 
 |     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which | 
 |     // it is, by the bindings' expressions). | 
 |     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { | 
 |       if (BD->isReferenced()) { | 
 |         Referenced = true; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { | 
 |     Referenced = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || | 
 |       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to | 
 |   // functions. | 
 |   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); | 
 |   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) | 
 |     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. | 
 |     WithinFunction = | 
 |         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); | 
 |   if (!WithinFunction) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. | 
 |   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. | 
 |   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | 
 |  | 
 |     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. | 
 |     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. | 
 |     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | 
 |       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is | 
 |     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. | 
 |     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is | 
 |     // consistent for both scalars and arrays. | 
 |     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { | 
 |       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); | 
 |       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 |         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |  | 
 |         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { | 
 |           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = | 
 |                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) | 
 |             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); | 
 |           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = | 
 |             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); | 
 |           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { | 
 |             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); | 
 |             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && | 
 |                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) | 
 |               return false; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                      FixItHint &Hint) { | 
 |   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), | 
 |                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); | 
 |     if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: | 
 |                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { | 
 |   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { | 
 |     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) | 
 |       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); | 
 |     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) | 
 |       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used | 
 | /// unless they are marked attr(unused). | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { | 
 |   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted | 
 |     // at end-of-translation-unit. | 
 |     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   FixItHint Hint; | 
 |   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned DiagID; | 
 |   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) | 
 |     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; | 
 |   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) | 
 |     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; | 
 |   else | 
 |     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { | 
 |   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto | 
 |   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd | 
 |   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved | 
 |   // MS inline assembly label name. | 
 |   bool Diagnose = false; | 
 |   if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) | 
 |     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; | 
 |   if (Diagnose) | 
 |     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { | 
 |   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (S->decl_empty()) return; | 
 |   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && | 
 |          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { | 
 |     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); | 
 |  | 
 |     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); | 
 |     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. | 
 |     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { | 
 |       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); | 
 |       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) | 
 |         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. | 
 |     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) | 
 |       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't | 
 |     // already. | 
 |     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); | 
 |     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); | 
 |     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { | 
 |       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { | 
 |         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) | 
 |             << D << FD << FD->getParent(); | 
 |         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       } | 
 |       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If | 
 | /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated | 
 | /// to the fixed name. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction | 
 | /// if there is no class with the given name. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the | 
 | /// class could not be found. | 
 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, | 
 |                                               SourceLocation IdLoc, | 
 |                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) { | 
 |   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in | 
 |   // creation from this context. | 
 |   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { | 
 |     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we | 
 |     // find an Objective-C class name. | 
 |     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( | 
 |             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, | 
 |             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), | 
 |             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { | 
 |       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); | 
 |       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); | 
 |       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); | 
 |   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. | 
 |   if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) | 
 |       Def = Def->getDefinition(); | 
 |   return Def; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting | 
 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes | 
 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and | 
 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but | 
 | /// ill-formed in C++: | 
 | /// @code | 
 | /// struct S6 { | 
 | ///   enum { BAR } e; | 
 | /// }; | 
 | /// | 
 | /// void test_S6() { | 
 | ///   struct S6 a; | 
 | ///   a.e = BAR; | 
 | /// } | 
 | /// @endcode | 
 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different | 
 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration | 
 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated | 
 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent | 
 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this | 
 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the | 
 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot | 
 | /// contain non-field names. | 
 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { | 
 |   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || | 
 |          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || | 
 |          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) | 
 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 |   return S; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and | 
 | /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of | 
 | /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such | 
 | /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. | 
 | static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, | 
 |                                         IdentifierInfo *II) { | 
 |   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; | 
 |  | 
 |   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), | 
 |                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); | 
 |   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); | 
 |   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) | 
 |     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) | 
 |       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { | 
 |   switch (Error) { | 
 |   case ASTContext::GE_None: | 
 |     return ""; | 
 |   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: | 
 |     return "stdio.h"; | 
 |   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: | 
 |     return "setjmp.h"; | 
 |   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: | 
 |     return "ucontext.h"; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at | 
 | /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true | 
 | /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the | 
 | /// built-in. | 
 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, | 
 |                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, | 
 |                                      SourceLocation Loc) { | 
 |   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); | 
 |  | 
 |   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; | 
 |   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); | 
 |   if (Error) { | 
 |     if (ForRedeclaration) | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) | 
 |           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!ForRedeclaration && | 
 |       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || | 
 |        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) | 
 |         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && | 
 |         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) | 
 |           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) | 
 |           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (R.isNull()) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = | 
 |         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, | 
 |                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); | 
 |     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); | 
 |     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); | 
 |     Parent = CLinkageDecl; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, | 
 |                                            Parent, | 
 |                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                            SC_Extern, | 
 |                                            false, | 
 |                                            R->isFunctionProtoType()); | 
 |   New->setImplicit(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the | 
 |   // FunctionDecl. | 
 |   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { | 
 |     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |       ParmVarDecl *parm = | 
 |           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | 
 |                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | 
 |                               SC_None, nullptr); | 
 |       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); | 
 |       Params.push_back(parm); | 
 |     } | 
 |     New->setParams(Params); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); | 
 |   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); | 
 |  | 
 |   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. | 
 |   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to | 
 |   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext | 
 |   // entirely, but we're not there yet. | 
 |   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; | 
 |   CurContext = Parent; | 
 |   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); | 
 |   CurContext = SavedContext; | 
 |   return New; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same | 
 | /// entity if their types are the same. | 
 | /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's | 
 | /// isSameEntity. | 
 | static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, | 
 |                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl, | 
 |                                                      LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. | 
 |   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Empty sets are uninteresting. | 
 |   if (Previous.empty()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); | 
 |   while (Filter.hasNext()) { | 
 |     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. | 
 |     if (S.isVisible(Old)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have | 
 |     // different linkages. | 
 |     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { | 
 |       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), | 
 |                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage | 
 |       // purposes, then they declare the same entity. | 
 |       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && | 
 |           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Filter.erase(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Filter.done(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { | 
 |   QualType OldType; | 
 |   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) | 
 |     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); | 
 |   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 |     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. | 
 |     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) | 
 |       << Kind << NewType; | 
 |     if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) | 
 |       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldType != NewType && | 
 |       !OldType->isDependentType() && | 
 |       !NewType->isDependentType() && | 
 |       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { | 
 |     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) | 
 |       << Kind << NewType << OldType; | 
 |     if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) | 
 |       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the | 
 | /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out | 
 | /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting | 
 | /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. | 
 | /// | 
 | void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, | 
 |                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) { | 
 |   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any | 
 |   // merging checks. | 
 |   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. | 
 |   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { | 
 |     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); | 
 |     switch (TypeID->getLength()) { | 
 |     default: break; | 
 |     case 2: | 
 |       { | 
 |         if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) | 
 |           break; | 
 |         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 |         if (!T->isPointerType()) | 
 |           break; | 
 |         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { | 
 |           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |           if (!PT->isStructureType()) | 
 |             break; | 
 |         } | 
 |         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); | 
 |         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. | 
 |         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     case 5: | 
 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) | 
 |         break; | 
 |       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); | 
 |       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. | 
 |       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     case 3: | 
 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) | 
 |         break; | 
 |       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); | 
 |       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. | 
 |       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify the old decl was also a type. | 
 |   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); | 
 |   if (!Old) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |  | 
 |     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); | 
 |     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) | 
 |       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); | 
 |  | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. | 
 |   if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { | 
 |     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); | 
 |     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); | 
 |     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; | 
 |     if (OldTag && NewTag && | 
 |         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && | 
 |         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { | 
 |       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it | 
 |       // instead of our tag. | 
 |       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); | 
 |       if (OldTD->isModed()) | 
 |         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), | 
 |                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); | 
 |       else | 
 |         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Make the old tag definition visible. | 
 |       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators | 
 |       // out of the scope. | 
 |       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { | 
 |         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); | 
 |         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { | 
 |           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); | 
 |           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); | 
 |           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); | 
 |           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); | 
 |           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and | 
 |   // with any extensions enabled. | 
 |   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if | 
 |   // the old declaration was a typedef. | 
 |   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { | 
 |     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); | 
 |     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: | 
 |     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to | 
 |     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer | 
 |     //   to the type to which it already refers. | 
 |     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: | 
 |     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine | 
 |     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name | 
 |     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the | 
 |     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: | 
 |     // | 
 |     //   struct S { | 
 |     //     typedef struct A { } A; | 
 |     //   }; | 
 |     // | 
 |     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which | 
 |     // allow the above but disallow | 
 |     // | 
 |     //   struct S { | 
 |     //     typedef int I; | 
 |     //     typedef int I; | 
 |     //   }; | 
 |     // | 
 |     // since that was the intent of DR56. | 
 |     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) | 
 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning | 
 |   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with | 
 |   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is | 
 |   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. | 
 |   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && | 
 |       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). | 
 |       (Old->isImplicit() || | 
 |        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || | 
 |        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) | 
 |     << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target | 
 | /// attribute. | 
 | static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { | 
 |   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); | 
 |   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); | 
 |   for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) | 
 |     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { | 
 |       if (Ann) { | 
 |         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       } | 
 |       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check | 
 |       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) | 
 |         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { | 
 |   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); | 
 |   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the | 
 | /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. | 
 | static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { | 
 |   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute | 
 |   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. | 
 |   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; | 
 |   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; | 
 |   unsigned OldAlign = 0; | 
 |   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { | 
 |     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments | 
 |     // in a case like: | 
 |     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; | 
 |     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; | 
 |     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the | 
 |     // definition in such a case. | 
 |     if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (I->isAlignas()) | 
 |       OldAlignasAttr = I; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); | 
 |     if (Align > OldAlign) { | 
 |       OldAlign = Align; | 
 |       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Look for alignas attributes on New. | 
 |   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; | 
 |   unsigned NewAlign = 0; | 
 |   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (I->isAlignas()) | 
 |       NewAlignasAttr = I; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); | 
 |     if (Align > NewAlign) | 
 |       NewAlign = Align; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { | 
 |     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but | 
 |     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match | 
 |     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) | 
 |  | 
 |     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it | 
 |     // specifies the natural alignment for the type. | 
 |     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { | 
 |       QualType Ty; | 
 |       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) | 
 |         Ty = VD->getType(); | 
 |       else | 
 |         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (OldAlign == 0) | 
 |         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); | 
 |       if (NewAlign == 0) | 
 |         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { | 
 |       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) | 
 |         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() | 
 |         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); | 
 |       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: | 
 |     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, | 
 |     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an | 
 |     //   equivalent alignment. | 
 |     // C11 6.7.5/7: | 
 |     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment | 
 |     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also | 
 |     //   have no alignment specifier. | 
 |     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) | 
 |       << OldAlignasAttr; | 
 |     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) | 
 |       << OldAlignasAttr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool AnyAdded = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. | 
 |   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { | 
 |     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); | 
 |     Clone->setInherited(true); | 
 |     New->addAttr(Clone); | 
 |     AnyAdded = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. | 
 |   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && | 
 |       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { | 
 |     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); | 
 |     Clone->setInherited(true); | 
 |     New->addAttr(Clone); | 
 |     AnyAdded = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return AnyAdded; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, | 
 |                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, | 
 |                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { | 
 |   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the | 
 |   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute | 
 |   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. | 
 |   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from | 
 |   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from | 
 |   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent | 
 |   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. | 
 |   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; | 
 |   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); | 
 |   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), | 
 |                                       AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), | 
 |                                       AA->getDeprecated(), | 
 |                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), | 
 |                                       AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), | 
 |                                       AA->getReplacement(), AMK, | 
 |                                       AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), | 
 |                                     AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), | 
 |                                         AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), | 
 |                                    AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), | 
 |                                    AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), | 
 |                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), | 
 |                                 AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), | 
 |                                  AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, CSA->getRange(), CSA->getName(), | 
 |                                  AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), | 
 |                                        AttrSpellingListIndex, | 
 |                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling()); | 
 |   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), | 
 |                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), | 
 |                                       AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && | 
 |            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || | 
 |             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { | 
 |     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for | 
 |     // overloading purposes and must not be merged. | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( | 
 |         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), | 
 |         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), | 
 |         AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), | 
 |                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), | 
 |                                 AttrSpellingListIndex); | 
 |   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all | 
 |     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. | 
 |     NewAttr = nullptr; | 
 |   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && | 
 |            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || | 
 |             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) | 
 |     NewAttr = nullptr; | 
 |   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, | 
 |                               UA->getGuid()); | 
 |   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) | 
 |     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewAttr) { | 
 |     NewAttr->setInherited(true); | 
 |     D->addAttr(NewAttr); | 
 |     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) | 
 |       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { | 
 |   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return TD->getDefinition(); | 
 |   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); | 
 |     if (Def) | 
 |       return Def; | 
 |     return VD->getActingDefinition(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return FD->getDefinition(); | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { | 
 |   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) | 
 |     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that | 
 | /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. | 
 | static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { | 
 |   if (!New->hasAttrs()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); | 
 |   if (!Def || Def == New) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { | 
 |     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { | 
 |       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { | 
 |         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; | 
 |         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); | 
 |  | 
 |         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. | 
 |         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { | 
 |           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); | 
 |           --E; | 
 |           continue; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); | 
 |         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == | 
 |                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition | 
 |                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative | 
 |                             : diag::err_redefinition; | 
 |         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); | 
 |         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) | 
 |           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); | 
 |         else | 
 |           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |         VD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       ++I; | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { | 
 |       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. | 
 |       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { | 
 |         ++I; | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { | 
 |       ++I; | 
 |       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { | 
 |       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. | 
 |       ++I; | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { | 
 |       if (AA->isAlignas()) { | 
 |         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: | 
 |         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, | 
 |         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an | 
 |         //   equivalent alignment. | 
 |         // C11 6.7.5/7: | 
 |         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment | 
 |         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also | 
 |         //   have no alignment specifier. | 
 |         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) | 
 |           << AA; | 
 |         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) | 
 |           << AA; | 
 |         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); | 
 |         --E; | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); | 
 |     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); | 
 |     --E; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. | 
 | void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, | 
 |                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { | 
 |   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { | 
 |     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); | 
 |     NewAttr->setInherited(true); | 
 |     New->addAttr(NewAttr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. | 
 |   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { | 
 |       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { | 
 |         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. | 
 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); | 
 |         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (Old->isUsed()) { | 
 |       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has | 
 |       // already been ODR-used. | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) | 
 |         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. | 
 |   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { | 
 |       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { | 
 |         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), | 
 |                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { | 
 |           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) | 
 |               << NewTag; | 
 |           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); | 
 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. | 
 |   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { | 
 |       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { | 
 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); | 
 |         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. | 
 |   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); | 
 |   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && | 
 |       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) | 
 |          << 0 /*codeseg*/; | 
 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Old->hasAttrs()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before | 
 |   // we process them. | 
 |   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { | 
 |     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. | 
 |     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; | 
 |     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || | 
 |         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || | 
 |         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { | 
 |       switch (AMK) { | 
 |       case AMK_None: | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       case AMK_Redeclaration: | 
 |       case AMK_Override: | 
 |       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: | 
 |         LocalAMK = AMK; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Already handled. | 
 |     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) | 
 |       foundAny = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) | 
 |     foundAny = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter | 
 | /// to the new one. | 
 | static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, | 
 |                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, | 
 |                                      Sema &S) { | 
 |   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: | 
 |   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the | 
 |   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration | 
 |   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. | 
 |   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); | 
 |   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; | 
 |     // Find the first declaration of the parameter. | 
 |     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = | 
 |       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); | 
 |     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = | 
 |       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); | 
 |     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is | 
 |   // done before we process them. | 
 |   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { | 
 |       InheritableAttr *newAttr = | 
 |         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); | 
 |       newAttr->setInherited(true); | 
 |       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); | 
 |       foundAny = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, | 
 |                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, | 
 |                                 Sema &S) { | 
 |   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { | 
 |     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { | 
 |       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { | 
 |         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) | 
 |           << DiagNullabilityKind( | 
 |                *Newnullability, | 
 |                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | 
 |                 != 0)) | 
 |           << DiagNullabilityKind( | 
 |                *Oldnullability, | 
 |                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | 
 |                 != 0)); | 
 |         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); | 
 |       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( | 
 |                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), | 
 |                          NewT, NewT); | 
 |       NewParam->setType(NewT); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in | 
 | /// C. | 
 | struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { | 
 |   ParmVarDecl *OldParm; | 
 |   ParmVarDecl *NewParm; | 
 |   QualType PromotedType; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. | 
 | Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { | 
 |   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { | 
 |     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) | 
 |       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) | 
 |       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) | 
 |       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; | 
 |   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { | 
 |     return Sema::CXXDestructor; | 
 |   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { | 
 |     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; | 
 |   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { | 
 |     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Sema::CXXInvalid; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit | 
 | // declaration, or a declaration. | 
 | template <typename T> | 
 | static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> | 
 | getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { | 
 |   diag::kind PrevDiag; | 
 |   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); | 
 |   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | 
 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; | 
 |   else if (Old->isImplicit()) { | 
 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; | 
 |     if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) | 
 |       OldLocation = New->getLocation(); | 
 |   } else | 
 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; | 
 |   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, | 
 | /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in | 
 | /// GNU89 mode. | 
 | static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, | 
 |                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { | 
 |   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && | 
 |           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && | 
 |           FD->isInlineSpecified() && | 
 |           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { | 
 |   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); | 
 |   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) | 
 |     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); | 
 |   return AT; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template <typename T> | 
 | static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { | 
 |   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); | 
 |   if (DC->isRecord()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); | 
 |   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } | 
 | static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a | 
 | /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload | 
 | /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). | 
 | template<typename ExpectedDecl> | 
 | static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, | 
 |                                    ExpectedDecl *New) { | 
 |   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: | 
 |   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of | 
 |   //   which specifies the same unqualified name, | 
 |   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions | 
 |   //      and function templates; or | 
 |   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration | 
 |   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all | 
 |   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions | 
 |   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration | 
 |   //      name is hidden (3.3.10). | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: | 
 |   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the | 
 |   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced | 
 |   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same | 
 |   //   function, the program is ill-formed. | 
 |  | 
 |   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); | 
 |   if (Old && | 
 |       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | 
 |           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && | 
 |       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) | 
 |     Old = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Old) { | 
 |     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); | 
 |     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); | 
 |     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, | 
 |                                             const FunctionDecl *B) { | 
 |   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { | 
 |     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | 
 |     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | 
 |     if (AttrA == AttrB) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified | 
 | /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. | 
 | static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, | 
 |                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { | 
 |   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when | 
 |   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration | 
 |   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: | 
 |   // | 
 |   //   inline namespace N { int f(); } | 
 |   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change | 
 |   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, | 
 |   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). | 
 |   if (!NewD->getQualifier()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // NewD is probably already in the right context. | 
 |   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || | 
 |           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && | 
 |          "unexpected context for redeclaration"); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); | 
 |   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { | 
 |     if (!D) | 
 |       return; | 
 |     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); | 
 |     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   FixSemaDC(NewD); | 
 |   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) | 
 |     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); | 
 |   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) | 
 |     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from | 
 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous | 
 | /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation, | 
 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not | 
 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are | 
 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be | 
 | /// merged with. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. | 
 | bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, | 
 |                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { | 
 |   // Verify the old decl was also a function. | 
 |   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); | 
 |   if (!Old) { | 
 |     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | 
 |       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { | 
 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); | 
 |         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::note_using_decl_target); | 
 |         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::note_using_decl) << 0; | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. | 
 |       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
 |         << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. | 
 |   if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. | 
 |   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); | 
 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) | 
 |         << Old << Old->getType(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   diag::kind PrevDiag; | 
 |   SourceLocation OldLocation; | 
 |   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = | 
 |       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function | 
 |   // is an extern inline function. | 
 |   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have | 
 |   // storage classes. | 
 |   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && | 
 |       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && | 
 |       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && | 
 |       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && | 
 |       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && | 
 |       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) | 
 |         << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 |     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); | 
 |     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) | 
 |         << New << OldOvl; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable | 
 |       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one | 
 |       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in | 
 |       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. | 
 |       const Decl *DiagOld = Old; | 
 |       if (OldOvl) { | 
 |         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { | 
 |           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); | 
 |           return A && !A->isImplicit(); | 
 |         }); | 
 |         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this | 
 |         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. | 
 |         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (DiagOld) | 
 |         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) | 
 |           << OldOvl; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (OldOvl) | 
 |         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | 
 |       else | 
 |         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later | 
 |   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling | 
 |   // convention of the first. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, | 
 |   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for | 
 |   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or | 
 |   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have | 
 |   // other tests to run. | 
 |   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | 
 |   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | 
 |   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); | 
 |   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); | 
 |   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); | 
 |   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); | 
 |   bool RequiresAdjustment = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { | 
 |     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); | 
 |     const FunctionType *FT = | 
 |         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); | 
 |     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); | 
 |     if (!NewCCExplicit) { | 
 |       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified | 
 |       // there but not here. | 
 |       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); | 
 |       RequiresAdjustment = true; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. | 
 |       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) | 
 |         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) | 
 |         << !FirstCCExplicit | 
 |         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : | 
 |             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. | 
 |       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? | 
 |   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { | 
 |     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); | 
 |     RequiresAdjustment = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge regparm attribute. | 
 |   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || | 
 |       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { | 
 |     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) | 
 |         << NewType->getRegParmType() | 
 |         << OldType->getRegParmType(); | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); | 
 |     RequiresAdjustment = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. | 
 |   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { | 
 |     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) | 
 |           << "'ns_returns_retained'"; | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); | 
 |     RequiresAdjustment = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != | 
 |       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { | 
 |     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { | 
 |       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = | 
 |         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); | 
 |     RequiresAdjustment = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RequiresAdjustment) { | 
 |     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); | 
 |     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); | 
 |     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | 
 |     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to | 
 |   // UndefinedButUsed. | 
 |   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && | 
 |       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && | 
 |       !getLangOpts().GNUInline && | 
 |       Old->isUsed(false) && | 
 |       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | 
 |     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), | 
 |                                            SourceLocation())); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn | 
 |   // about it. | 
 |   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && | 
 |       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { | 
 |     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid | 
 |   // redeclaration. | 
 |   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && | 
 |       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) | 
 |         << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // C++1z [over.load]p2 | 
 |     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: | 
 |     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, | 
 |     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of | 
 |     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the | 
 |     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before | 
 |     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType | 
 |     // but do not necessarily update the type of New. | 
 |     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | 
 |     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, | 
 |     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: | 
 |     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template | 
 |     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also | 
 |     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type. | 
 |     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); | 
 |     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); | 
 |     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && | 
 |         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, | 
 |                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) { | 
 |       QualType ResQT; | 
 |       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | 
 |           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | 
 |         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. | 
 |         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); | 
 |       if (ResQT.isNull()) { | 
 |         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) | 
 |           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) | 
 |               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | 
 |         else | 
 |           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) | 
 |               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | 
 |         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() | 
 |                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |       else | 
 |         NewQType = ResQT; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); | 
 |     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); | 
 |     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { | 
 |       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been | 
 |       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. | 
 |       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); | 
 |       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { | 
 |         New->setType( | 
 |             SubstAutoType(New->getType(), | 
 |                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy | 
 |                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType())); | 
 |         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( | 
 |             SubstAutoType(NewQType, | 
 |                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy | 
 |                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType())); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | 
 |     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | 
 |     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { | 
 |       // Preserve triviality. | 
 |       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); | 
 |  | 
 |       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: | 
 |       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. | 
 |       // We don't want a redeclaration error. | 
 |       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = | 
 |                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && | 
 |                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); | 
 |       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && | 
 |           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { | 
 |         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the | 
 |         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them | 
 |         //       is a static member function declaration. | 
 |         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { | 
 |           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); | 
 |           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // C++ [class.mem]p1: | 
 |         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the | 
 |         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member | 
 |         //   class template can be declared and then later defined. | 
 |         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { | 
 |           unsigned NewDiag; | 
 |           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) | 
 |             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; | 
 |           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | 
 |             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; | 
 |           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) | 
 |             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; | 
 |           else | 
 |             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; | 
 |  | 
 |           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) | 
 |             << New << New->getType(); | 
 |         } | 
 |         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special | 
 |       // member that was initially declared implicitly. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order | 
 |       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. | 
 |       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { | 
 |         if (isFriend) { | 
 |           NewMethod->setImplicit(); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) | 
 |             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { | 
 |         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) | 
 |           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: | 
 |     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn | 
 |     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn | 
 |     //   attribute. | 
 |     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); | 
 |     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { | 
 |       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); | 
 |       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: | 
 |     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the | 
 |     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration | 
 |     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. | 
 |     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); | 
 |     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { | 
 |       Diag(CDA->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; | 
 |       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // (C++98 8.3.5p3): | 
 |     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the | 
 |     //   return type and the parameter-type-list. | 
 |     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. | 
 |  | 
 |     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. | 
 |     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; | 
 |     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { | 
 |       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison | 
 |         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); | 
 |       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); | 
 |       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { | 
 |       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous | 
 |       // declarations of a friend function as an extension. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC | 
 |       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language | 
 |       // linkage within class scope. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. | 
 |       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { | 
 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; | 
 |         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; | 
 |         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) | 
 |       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or | 
 |     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again | 
 |     // during instantiation. | 
 |     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles | 
 |   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { | 
 |     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; | 
 |     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && | 
 |         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { | 
 |       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the | 
 |       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. | 
 |       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); | 
 |       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); | 
 |       NewQType = | 
 |           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, | 
 |                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); | 
 |       New->setType(NewQType); | 
 |       New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Synthesize parameters with the same types. | 
 |       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
 |       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { | 
 |         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), | 
 |                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr, | 
 |                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                                  SC_None, nullptr); | 
 |         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); | 
 |         Param->setImplicit(); | 
 |         Params.push_back(Param); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       New->setParams(Params); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration | 
 |   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition | 
 |   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the | 
 |   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ | 
 |   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from | 
 |   // the prototype. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, | 
 |   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but | 
 |   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and | 
 |   // C99 6.9.1p8. | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && | 
 |       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && | 
 |       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { | 
 |     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; | 
 |     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; | 
 |     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto | 
 |       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto | 
 |       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. | 
 |     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), | 
 |                                                NewProto->getReturnType()); | 
 |     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); | 
 |     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); | 
 |          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { | 
 |       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); | 
 |       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); | 
 |       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), | 
 |                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { | 
 |         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); | 
 |       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), | 
 |                                             NewParm->getType(), | 
 |                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { | 
 |         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, | 
 |                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; | 
 |         Warnings.push_back(Warn); | 
 |         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); | 
 |       } else | 
 |         LooseCompatible = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (LooseCompatible) { | 
 |       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { | 
 |         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) | 
 |           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType | 
 |           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); | 
 |         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) | 
 |           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (MergeTypeWithOld) | 
 |         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, | 
 |                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); | 
 |       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or | 
 |   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin | 
 |   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. | 
 |   unsigned BuiltinID; | 
 |   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { | 
 |     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' | 
 |     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) | 
 |         << Old << Old->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter | 
 |       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If | 
 |       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid | 
 |       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't | 
 |       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is | 
 |       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. | 
 |       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); | 
 |  | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are | 
 | /// known to be compatible. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other | 
 | /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to | 
 | /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a | 
 | /// redeclaration of Old. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns false | 
 | bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | 
 |                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { | 
 |   // Merge the attributes | 
 |   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge "pure" flag. | 
 |   if (Old->isPure()) | 
 |     New->setPure(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge "used" flag. | 
 |   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) | 
 |     New->setIsUsed(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R | 
 |   // declarations. | 
 |   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) | 
 |       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); | 
 |         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); | 
 |         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); | 
 |         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return | 
 |   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl | 
 |   // was visible. | 
 |   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); | 
 |   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) | 
 |     New->setType(Merged); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, | 
 |                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { | 
 |   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable | 
 |   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = | 
 |     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) | 
 |       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation | 
 |       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration | 
 |                                                        : AMK_Override; | 
 |  | 
 |   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge attributes from the parameters. | 
 |   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), | 
 |                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end(); | 
 |   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator | 
 |          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); | 
 |        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) | 
 |     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); | 
 |  | 
 |   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { | 
 |   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() | 
 |          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type | 
 |          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) | 
 |     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   diag::kind PrevDiag; | 
 |   SourceLocation OldLocation; | 
 |   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) | 
 |     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); | 
 |   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |   New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and | 
 | /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types, | 
 | /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back | 
 | /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer | 
 | /// is attached. | 
 | void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, | 
 |                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) { | 
 |   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType MergedT; | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { | 
 |       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { | 
 |       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. | 
 |       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); | 
 |     } | 
 |     // C++ [basic.link]p10: | 
 |     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given | 
 |     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an | 
 |     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or | 
 |     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). | 
 |     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { | 
 |       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); | 
 |       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); | 
 |  | 
 |       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array | 
 |       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the | 
 |       // mismatch. | 
 |       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { | 
 |         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; | 
 |              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { | 
 |           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); | 
 |           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) | 
 |             continue; | 
 |  | 
 |           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) | 
 |             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { | 
 |         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), | 
 |                                 NewArray->getElementType())) | 
 |           MergedT = New->getType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New | 
 |       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not | 
 |       // visible. | 
 |       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | 
 |         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), | 
 |                                 NewArray->getElementType())) | 
 |           MergedT = Old->getType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | 
 |                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | 
 |       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), | 
 |                                               Old->getType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // C 6.2.7p2: | 
 |     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have | 
 |     //   compatible type. | 
 |     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (MergedT.isNull()) { | 
 |     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a | 
 |     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class | 
 |     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be | 
 |     // equivalent. | 
 |     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. | 
 |     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || | 
 |          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { | 
 |       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type | 
 |       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we | 
 |       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. | 
 |       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) | 
 |         New->setType(Context.DependentTy); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old | 
 |   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. | 
 |   if (MergeTypeWithOld) | 
 |     New->setType(MergedT); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, | 
 |                                   LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   // C11 6.2.7p4: | 
 |   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared | 
 |   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is | 
 |   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or | 
 |   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later | 
 |   //   declaration becomes the composite type. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. | 
 |   if (Previous.isShadowed()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: | 
 |     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same | 
 |     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound | 
 |     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. | 
 |     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || | 
 |            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && | 
 |             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its | 
 |     // type unless we're in the same function. | 
 |     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || | 
 |            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name | 
 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this | 
 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by | 
 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative | 
 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. | 
 | /// | 
 | void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. | 
 |   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. | 
 |   VarDecl *Old = nullptr; | 
 |   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; | 
 |   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { | 
 |     if (NewTemplate) { | 
 |       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (auto *Shadow = | 
 |               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) | 
 |         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) | 
 |           return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (auto *Shadow = | 
 |               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) | 
 |         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) | 
 |           return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (!Old) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
 |         << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), | 
 |                            New->getLocation()); | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. | 
 |   if (NewTemplate && | 
 |       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | 
 |                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | 
 |                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [class.mem]p1: | 
 |   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Here, we need only consider static data members. | 
 |   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) | 
 |       << New->getIdentifier(); | 
 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); | 
 |   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent | 
 |   // declaration | 
 |   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && | 
 |       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && | 
 |       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 |     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. | 
 |     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && | 
 |       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) | 
 |         << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 |     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge the types. | 
 |   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); | 
 |   if (MostRecent != Old) { | 
 |     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, | 
 |                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); | 
 |     if (New->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); | 
 |   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   diag::kind PrevDiag; | 
 |   SourceLocation OldLocation; | 
 |   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = | 
 |       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); | 
 |  | 
 |   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. | 
 |   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && | 
 |       !New->isStaticDataMember() && | 
 |       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) | 
 |           << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) | 
 |           << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |       return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   // C99 6.2.2p4: | 
 |   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier | 
 |   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that | 
 |   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies | 
 |   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at | 
 |   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at | 
 |   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or | 
 |   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the | 
 |   //   identifier has external linkage. | 
 |   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) | 
 |     /* Okay */; | 
 |   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && | 
 |            !New->isStaticDataMember() && | 
 |            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. | 
 |   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && | 
 |       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && | 
 |       !New->hasExternalStorage()) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still | 
 |   // need to check for mismatches. | 
 |   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && | 
 |       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. | 
 |       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && | 
 |         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { | 
 |     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { | 
 |       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: | 
 |       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before | 
 |       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; | 
 |       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to | 
 |   // UndefinedButUsed. | 
 |   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && | 
 |       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | 
 |     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), | 
 |                                            SourceLocation())); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { | 
 |     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring | 
 |       // static and dynamic initialization. | 
 |       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first | 
 |       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) | 
 |         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); | 
 |       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { | 
 |     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && | 
 |         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { | 
 |       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); | 
 |     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { | 
 |       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) | 
 |         return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; | 
 |     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge "used" flag. | 
 |   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) | 
 |     New->setIsUsed(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Keep a chain of previous declarations. | 
 |   New->setPreviousDecl(Old); | 
 |   if (NewTemplate) | 
 |     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); | 
 |   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Inherit access appropriately. | 
 |   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); | 
 |   if (NewTemplate) | 
 |     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Old->isInline()) | 
 |     New->setImplicitlyInline(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { | 
 |   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); | 
 |   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); | 
 |   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); | 
 |   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); | 
 |   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); | 
 |   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); | 
 |   StringRef HdrFilename = | 
 |       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, | 
 |                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { | 
 |     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped | 
 |     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets | 
 |     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition | 
 |     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. | 
 |     if (IncLoc.isValid()) { | 
 |       if (Mod) { | 
 |         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) | 
 |             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); | 
 |         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) | 
 |           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) | 
 |               << Mod->getFullModuleName(); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) | 
 |             << HdrFilename.str(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why | 
 |   // this leads to a redefinition error. | 
 |   bool EmittedDiag = false; | 
 |   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { | 
 |     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); | 
 |     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); | 
 |     EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); | 
 |     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. | 
 |     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) | 
 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (EmittedDiag) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. | 
 |   if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) | 
 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions | 
 | /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. | 
 | bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { | 
 |   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && | 
 |       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || | 
 |        New->isInline() || | 
 |        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || | 
 |        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || | 
 |        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { | 
 |     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are | 
 |     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. | 
 |     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Make the canonical definition visible. | 
 |     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) | 
 |       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); | 
 |     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; | 
 |     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with | 
 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. | 
 | Decl * | 
 | Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, | 
 |                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { | 
 |   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, | 
 |                                     AnonRecord); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to | 
 | // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. | 
 | // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks | 
 | // compatibility. | 
 | // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being | 
 | // targeted. | 
 | static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { | 
 |   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) | 
 |              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() | 
 |              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { | 
 |   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { | 
 |     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if | 
 |     // it is anonymous. | 
 |     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = | 
 |         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); | 
 |     Context.setManglingNumber( | 
 |         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( | 
 |                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. | 
 |   Decl *ManglingContextDecl; | 
 |   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( | 
 |           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { | 
 |     Context.setManglingNumber( | 
 |         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( | 
 |                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, | 
 |                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { | 
 |   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. | 
 |   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. | 
 |   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed. | 
 |   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), | 
 |                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then | 
 |   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that | 
 |   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as | 
 |   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should | 
 |   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule | 
 |   // for how to handle it. | 
 |   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { | 
 |     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); | 
 |  | 
 |     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); | 
 |     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; | 
 |     textToInsert += ' '; | 
 |     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); | 
 |     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. | 
 |   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { | 
 |   switch (T) { | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_class: | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_struct: | 
 |     return 1; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_interface: | 
 |     return 2; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_union: | 
 |     return 3; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_enum: | 
 |     return 4; | 
 |   default: | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with | 
 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template | 
 | /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. | 
 | Decl * | 
 | Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, | 
 |                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, | 
 |                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation, | 
 |                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { | 
 |   Decl *TagD = nullptr; | 
 |   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; | 
 |   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || | 
 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || | 
 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || | 
 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || | 
 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { | 
 |     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the | 
 |     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others | 
 |     // it's a Type. | 
 |     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) | 
 |       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); | 
 |     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) | 
 |       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Tag) { | 
 |     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); | 
 |     Tag->setFreeStanding(); | 
 |     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       return Tag; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { | 
 |     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object | 
 |     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." | 
 |     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) | 
 |            << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) | 
 |         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { | 
 |     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations | 
 |     // and definitions of functions and variables. | 
 |     if (Tag) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) | 
 |           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); | 
 |     // Don't emit warnings after this error. | 
 |     return TagD; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { | 
 |     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that | 
 |     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. | 
 |     if (TagD && !Tag) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); | 
 |   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = | 
 |     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; | 
 |   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && | 
 |       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && | 
 |       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 |     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a | 
 |     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation | 
 |     // or an explicit specialization. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the | 
 |     // obvious intent of DR1819. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. | 
 |     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) | 
 |         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. | 
 |   bool DeclaresAnything = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle anonymous struct definitions. | 
 |   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 |     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && | 
 |         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | 
 |           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { | 
 |         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, | 
 |         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that | 
 |         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. | 
 |         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the | 
 |         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. | 
 |         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by | 
 |         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? | 
 |         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |           AnonRecord = Record; | 
 |         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, | 
 |                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       DeclaresAnything = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C11 6.7.2.1p2: | 
 |   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or | 
 |   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration | 
 |   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && | 
 |       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { | 
 |     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. | 
 |     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: | 
 |     //   struct STRUCT; | 
 |     //   union UNION; | 
 |     // and | 
 |     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. | 
 |     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. | 
 |     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || | 
 |         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { | 
 |       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | 
 |       if (Tag) | 
 |         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); | 
 |       else if (const RecordType *RT = | 
 |                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) | 
 |         Record = RT->getDecl(); | 
 |       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) | 
 |         Record = UT->getDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { | 
 |         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) | 
 |           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 |         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       DeclaresAnything = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. | 
 |   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || | 
 |       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) | 
 |     return TagD; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
 |     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) | 
 |       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && | 
 |           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |         DeclaresAnything = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { | 
 |     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. | 
 |     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) | 
 |         << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       DeclaresAnything = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && | 
 |       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) | 
 |       << Tag->getTagKind() | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C 6.7/2: | 
 |   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, | 
 |   //   or the members of an enumeration. | 
 |   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: | 
 |   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an | 
 |   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more | 
 |   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a | 
 |   //   previous declaration. | 
 |   if (!DeclaresAnything) { | 
 |     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother | 
 |     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. | 
 |     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return TagD; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: | 
 |   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the | 
 |   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. | 
 |   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: | 
 |   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the | 
 |   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. | 
 |   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but | 
 |   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically | 
 |   // useless. | 
 |   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 |     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) | 
 |       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is | 
 |       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. | 
 |       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); | 
 |     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) | 
 |         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) | 
 |       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); | 
 |   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { | 
 |     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; | 
 |     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; | 
 |     // Restrict is covered above. | 
 |     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; | 
 |     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) | 
 |       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: | 
 |   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; | 
 |   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. | 
 |   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { | 
 |     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); | 
 |     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || | 
 |         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || | 
 |         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || | 
 |         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || | 
 |         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { | 
 |       for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) | 
 |         Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) | 
 |             << AL.getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return TagD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; | 
 | /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration | 
 | static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, | 
 |                                          Scope *S, | 
 |                                          DeclContext *Owner, | 
 |                                          DeclarationName Name, | 
 |                                          SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 |                                          bool IsUnion) { | 
 |   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, | 
 |                  Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); | 
 |   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Pick a representative declaration. | 
 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | 
 |   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) | 
 |     << IsUnion << Name; | 
 |   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the | 
 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner | 
 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize | 
 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or | 
 | /// struct, e.g., | 
 | /// | 
 | /// @code | 
 | /// union { | 
 | ///   int i; | 
 | ///   float f; | 
 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and | 
 | ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x | 
 | /// @endcode | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous | 
 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. | 
 | static bool | 
 | InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, | 
 |                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, | 
 |                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { | 
 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. | 
 |   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { | 
 |     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && | 
 |         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { | 
 |       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | 
 |       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), | 
 |                                        VD->getLocation(), | 
 |                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) { | 
 |         // C++ [class.union]p2: | 
 |         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be | 
 |         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the | 
 |         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared. | 
 |         Invalid = true; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // C++ [class.union]p2: | 
 |         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union | 
 |         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are | 
 |         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the | 
 |         //   anonymous union is declared. | 
 |         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); | 
 |         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) | 
 |           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); | 
 |         else | 
 |           Chaining.push_back(VD); | 
 |  | 
 |         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); | 
 |         NamedDecl **NamedChain = | 
 |           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; | 
 |         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) | 
 |           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; | 
 |  | 
 |         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( | 
 |             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), | 
 |             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); | 
 |  | 
 |         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) | 
 |           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); | 
 |  | 
 |         IndirectField->setAccess(AS); | 
 |         IndirectField->setImplicit(); | 
 |         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); | 
 |  | 
 |         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. | 
 |         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); | 
 |  | 
 |         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Invalid; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to | 
 | /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: | 
 | /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. | 
 | static StorageClass | 
 | StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { | 
 |   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); | 
 |   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && | 
 |          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); | 
 |   switch (StorageClassSpec) { | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: | 
 |     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) | 
 |       return SC_None; | 
 |     return SC_Extern; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; | 
 |     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through. | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { | 
 |   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { | 
 |     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); | 
 |     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) | 
 |       FD = IFD->getAnonField(); | 
 |     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) | 
 |       return FD->getLocation(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, | 
 |                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { | 
 |   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); | 
 |   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, | 
 |                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { | 
 |   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an | 
 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature | 
 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures | 
 | /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. | 
 | Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, | 
 |                                         AccessSpecifier AS, | 
 |                                         RecordDecl *Record, | 
 |                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | 
 |   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. | 
 |   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) | 
 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); | 
 |   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); | 
 |   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) | 
 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous | 
 |   // structs/unions. | 
 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; | 
 |     unsigned DiagID; | 
 |     if (Record->isUnion()) { | 
 |       // C++ [class.union]p6: | 
 |       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: | 
 |       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the | 
 |       //   global namespace shall be declared static. | 
 |       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && | 
 |           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || | 
 |            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && | 
 |             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { | 
 |         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Recover by adding 'static'. | 
 |         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), | 
 |                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); | 
 |       } | 
 |       // C++ [class.union]p6: | 
 |       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an | 
 |       //   anonymous union in a class scope. | 
 |       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && | 
 |                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { | 
 |         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Recover by removing the storage specifier. | 
 |         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, | 
 |                                SourceLocation(), | 
 |                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. | 
 |     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { | 
 |       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) | 
 |         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) | 
 |           << Record->isUnion() << "const" | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); | 
 |       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) | 
 |         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) | 
 |           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); | 
 |       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) | 
 |         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) | 
 |           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); | 
 |       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) | 
 |         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) | 
 |           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); | 
 |       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) | 
 |         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) | 
 |           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [class.union]p2: | 
 |     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only | 
 |     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and | 
 |     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] | 
 |     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { | 
 |       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { | 
 |         // C++ [class.union]p3: | 
 |         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected | 
 |         //   members (clause 11). | 
 |         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); | 
 |         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { | 
 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) | 
 |             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); | 
 |           Invalid = true; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // C++ [class.union]p1 | 
 |         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial | 
 |         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy | 
 |         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an | 
 |         //   array of such objects. | 
 |         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) | 
 |           Invalid = true; | 
 |       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { | 
 |         // Any implicit members are fine. | 
 |       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { | 
 |         // This is a type that showed up in an | 
 |         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or | 
 |         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the | 
 |         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. | 
 |       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { | 
 |         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && | 
 |             MemRecord->getDeclName()) { | 
 |           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. | 
 |           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) | 
 |             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) | 
 |               << Record->isUnion(); | 
 |           else { | 
 |             // This is a nested type declaration. | 
 |             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) | 
 |               << Record->isUnion(); | 
 |             Invalid = true; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. | 
 |           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but | 
 |           // not part of standard C++. | 
 |           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) | 
 |             << Record->isUnion(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { | 
 |         // Any access specifier is fine. | 
 |       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { | 
 |         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // We have something that isn't a non-static data | 
 |         // member. Complain about it. | 
 |         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; | 
 |         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) | 
 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; | 
 |         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) | 
 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; | 
 |         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) | 
 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; | 
 |  | 
 |         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. | 
 |         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && | 
 |             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) | 
 |           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) | 
 |             << Record->isUnion(); | 
 |         else { | 
 |           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); | 
 |           Invalid = true; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): | 
 |     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a | 
 |     //   brace-or-equal-initializer. | 
 |     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && | 
 |         Owner->isRecord()) | 
 |       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), | 
 |                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { | 
 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) | 
 |       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |     Invalid = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Mock up a declarator. | 
 |   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); | 
 |   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. | 
 |   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; | 
 |   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { | 
 |     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, | 
 |                              DS.getLocStart(), | 
 |                              Record->getLocation(), | 
 |                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, | 
 |                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), | 
 |                              TInfo, | 
 |                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, | 
 |                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); | 
 |     Anon->setAccess(AS); | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); | 
 |     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); | 
 |     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { | 
 |       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always | 
 |       // an error here | 
 |       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); | 
 |       Invalid = true; | 
 |       SC = SC_None; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, | 
 |                            DS.getLocStart(), | 
 |                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, | 
 |                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), | 
 |                            TInfo, SC); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be | 
 |     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class | 
 |     // initializer: | 
 |     //   union { int n = 0; }; | 
 |     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); | 
 |   } | 
 |   Anon->setImplicit(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. | 
 |   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current | 
 |   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of | 
 |   // its members. | 
 |   Owner->addDecl(Anon); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning | 
 |   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup | 
 |   // purposes. | 
 |   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; | 
 |   Chain.push_back(Anon); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) | 
 |     Invalid = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { | 
 |       Decl *ManglingContextDecl; | 
 |       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( | 
 |               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { | 
 |         Context.setManglingNumber( | 
 |             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( | 
 |                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); | 
 |         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Invalid) | 
 |     Anon->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return Anon; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an | 
 | /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. | 
 | /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx | 
 | /// Example: | 
 | /// | 
 | /// struct A { int a; }; | 
 | /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; | 
 | /// | 
 | /// void foo() { | 
 | ///   B var; | 
 | ///   var.a = 3; | 
 | /// } | 
 | /// | 
 | Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, | 
 |                                            RecordDecl *Record) { | 
 |   assert(Record && "expected a record!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Mock up a declarator. | 
 |   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); | 
 |   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); | 
 |   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. | 
 |   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, | 
 |                              ParentDecl, | 
 |                              DS.getLocStart(), | 
 |                              DS.getLocStart(), | 
 |                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, | 
 |                              RecTy, | 
 |                              TInfo, | 
 |                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, | 
 |                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); | 
 |   Anon->setImplicit(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. | 
 |   CurContext->addDecl(Anon); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current | 
 |   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup | 
 |   // purposes. | 
 |   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; | 
 |   Chain.push_back(Anon); | 
 |  | 
 |   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); | 
 |   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, | 
 |                           diag::err_field_incomplete) || | 
 |       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, | 
 |                                           AS_none, Chain)) { | 
 |     Anon->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Anon; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the | 
 | /// given Declarator. | 
 | DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { | 
 |   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. | 
 | DeclarationNameInfo | 
 | Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { | 
 |   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; | 
 |   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (Name.getKind()) { | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: | 
 |     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { | 
 |     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: | 
 |     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. | 
 |     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name | 
 |     //   of the simple-template-id. | 
 |     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a | 
 |     // class template. | 
 |     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; | 
 |     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; | 
 |     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>; | 
 |     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. | 
 |     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); | 
 |     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); | 
 |     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { | 
 |       Diag(Name.StartLocation, | 
 |            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) | 
 |         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; | 
 |       if (Template) | 
 |         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); | 
 |       return DeclarationNameInfo(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     NameInfo.setName( | 
 |         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: | 
 |     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( | 
 |                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc | 
 |       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; | 
 |     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc | 
 |       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: | 
 |     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( | 
 |                                                            Name.Identifier)); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { | 
 |     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | 
 |     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); | 
 |     if (Ty.isNull()) | 
 |       return DeclarationNameInfo(); | 
 |     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( | 
 |                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { | 
 |     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | 
 |     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); | 
 |     if (Ty.isNull()) | 
 |       return DeclarationNameInfo(); | 
 |     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | 
 |                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { | 
 |     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor | 
 |     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there | 
 |     // to find the actual type being constructed. | 
 |     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); | 
 |     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) | 
 |       return DeclarationNameInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Determine the type of the class being constructed. | 
 |     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as | 
 |     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name | 
 |     // was qualified. | 
 |  | 
 |     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | 
 |                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? | 
 |     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { | 
 |     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | 
 |     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); | 
 |     if (Ty.isNull()) | 
 |       return DeclarationNameInfo(); | 
 |     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( | 
 |                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); | 
 |     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); | 
 |     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); | 
 |     return NameInfo; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { | 
 |     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); | 
 |     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; | 
 |     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   } // switch (Name.getKind()) | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { | 
 |   do { | 
 |     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     else if (Ty->isArrayType()) | 
 |       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); | 
 |   } while (true); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration | 
 | /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is | 
 | /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function | 
 | /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. | 
 | /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ | 
 | /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters | 
 | /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. | 
 | static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration, | 
 |                                      FunctionDecl *Definition, | 
 |                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { | 
 |   Params.clear(); | 
 |   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { | 
 |     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | 
 |     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // The parameter types are identical | 
 |     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); | 
 |     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); | 
 |     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); | 
 |     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || | 
 |         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) | 
 |       Params.push_back(Idx); | 
 |     else  // The two parameters aren't even close | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given | 
 | /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. | 
 | /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for | 
 | /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec | 
 | /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. | 
 | static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, | 
 |                                                     DeclarationName Name) { | 
 |   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: | 
 |   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes | 
 |   //   - types which will become injected class names | 
 |   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a | 
 |   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a | 
 |   // few cases here. | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); | 
 |   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_typename: | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { | 
 |     // Grab the type from the parser. | 
 |     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; | 
 |     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); | 
 |     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much | 
 |     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info | 
 |     // attached already. | 
 |     if (!TSI) | 
 |       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. | 
 |     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); | 
 |     if (!TSI) return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Store the new type back in the decl spec. | 
 |     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); | 
 |     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: | 
 |   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { | 
 |     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); | 
 |     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); | 
 |     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; | 
 |     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     // Nothing to do for these decl specs. | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); | 
 |  | 
 |     // The only type information in the declarator which can come | 
 |     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member | 
 |     // pointer. | 
 |     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. | 
 |     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); | 
 |     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | 
 |   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); | 
 |   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && | 
 |       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) | 
 |     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) | 
 |     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); | 
 |  | 
 |   return Dcl; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: | 
 | ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a | 
 | ///   name different from T: | 
 | ///     - every static data member of class T; | 
 | ///     - every member function of class T | 
 | ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type; | 
 | /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. | 
 | bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, | 
 |                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { | 
 |   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); | 
 |  | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); | 
 |   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | 
 |     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); | 
 |   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { | 
 |     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given | 
 | /// nested-name-specifier. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier | 
 | /// resolves. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus | 
 | /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. | 
 | bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, | 
 |                                         DeclarationName Name, | 
 |                                         SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { | 
 |   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; | 
 |   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) | 
 |     Cur = Cur->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the | 
 |   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // class X { | 
 |   //   void X::f(); | 
 |   // }; | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all | 
 |   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. | 
 |   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { | 
 |     if (Cur->isRecord()) { | 
 |       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification | 
 |                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) | 
 |         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); | 
 |       SS.clear(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original | 
 |   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in | 
 |   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. | 
 |   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { | 
 |     if (Cur->isRecord()) | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) | 
 |         << Name << SS.getRange(); | 
 |     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) | 
 |         << Name << SS.getRange(); | 
 |     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) | 
 |         << Name << SS.getRange(); | 
 |     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) | 
 |         << Name << SS.getRange(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) | 
 |       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Cur->isRecord()) { | 
 |     // Cannot qualify members within a class. | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) | 
 |       << Name << SS.getRange(); | 
 |     SS.clear(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break | 
 |     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If | 
 |     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. | 
 |     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || | 
 |          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && | 
 |         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), | 
 |                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: | 
 |   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall | 
 |   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer" | 
 |   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); | 
 |   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) | 
 |     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); | 
 |   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( | 
 |         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) | 
 |       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, | 
 |                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { | 
 |   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. | 
 |   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 |   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have | 
 |   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. | 
 |   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { | 
 |     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); | 
 |   } else if (!Name) { | 
 |     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid. | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), | 
 |            diag::err_declarator_need_ident) | 
 |         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until | 
 |   // we find one that is. | 
 |   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || | 
 |          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) | 
 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | 
 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 |     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), | 
 |                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); | 
 |     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); | 
 |     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { | 
 |       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the | 
 |       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, | 
 |       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain | 
 |       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) | 
 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() | 
 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!IsDependentContext && | 
 |         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. | 
 |     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) | 
 |         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { | 
 |       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( | 
 |               D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |               D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { | 
 |         if (DC->isRecord()) | 
 |           return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given | 
 |     // declaration in the current instantiation. | 
 |     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && | 
 |         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { | 
 |       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); | 
 |       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 |   QualType R = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, | 
 |                                       UPPC_DeclarationType)) | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, | 
 |                         forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. | 
 |   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 |     bool IsLinkageLookup = false; | 
 |     bool CreateBuiltins = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function | 
 |     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with | 
 |     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). | 
 |     // | 
 |     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with | 
 |     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with | 
 |     // the same name. | 
 |     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
 |       /* Do nothing*/; | 
 |     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && | 
 |              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || | 
 |               R->isFunctionType())) { | 
 |       IsLinkageLookup = true; | 
 |       CreateBuiltins = | 
 |           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); | 
 |     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && | 
 |                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) | 
 |       CreateBuiltins = true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (IsLinkageLookup) { | 
 |       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); | 
 |       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); | 
 |   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" | 
 |     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: | 
 |     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a | 
 |     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the | 
 |     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the | 
 |     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization | 
 |     //  thereof; [...] | 
 |     // | 
 |     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have | 
 |     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration | 
 |     // we want to match. For example, given: | 
 |     // | 
 |     //   class X { | 
 |     //     void f(); | 
 |     //     void f(float); | 
 |     //   }; | 
 |     // | 
 |     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed | 
 |     // | 
 |     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set | 
 |     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them | 
 |     // matches. | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: | 
 |     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a | 
 |     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by | 
 |     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. | 
 |     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Previous.isSingleResult() && | 
 |       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 |     if (!D.isInvalidType()) | 
 |       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |                                       Previous.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) | 
 |     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type | 
 |   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the | 
 |   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and | 
 |   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. | 
 |   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && | 
 |       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && | 
 |       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters | 
 |   // of a function declaration (C++ only). | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 |  | 
 |   NamedDecl *New; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool AddToScope = true; | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { | 
 |     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); | 
 |   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { | 
 |     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, | 
 |                                   TemplateParamLists, | 
 |                                   AddToScope); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, | 
 |                                   AddToScope); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!New) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, | 
 |   // add it to the scope stack. | 
 |   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { | 
 |     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first | 
 |     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should | 
 |     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. | 
 |     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); | 
 |     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); | 
 |     if (!AddToContext) | 
 |       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) | 
 |     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); | 
 |  | 
 |   return New; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array | 
 | /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for | 
 | /// GCC compatibility). | 
 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, | 
 |                                                     ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative, | 
 |                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { | 
 |   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant | 
 |   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary | 
 |   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy | 
 |   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} | 
 |   SizeIsNegative = false; | 
 |   Oversized = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (T->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualifierCollector Qs; | 
 |   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { | 
 |     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     QualType FixedType = | 
 |         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, | 
 |                                             Oversized); | 
 |     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; | 
 |     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); | 
 |     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { | 
 |     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); | 
 |     QualType FixedType = | 
 |         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, | 
 |                                             Oversized); | 
 |     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; | 
 |     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); | 
 |     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); | 
 |   if (!VLATy) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case | 
 |   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Res; | 
 |   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || | 
 |       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check whether the array size is negative. | 
 |   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { | 
 |     SizeIsNegative = true; | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. | 
 |   unsigned ActiveSizeBits | 
 |     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), | 
 |                                               Res); | 
 |   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { | 
 |     Oversized = Res; | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), | 
 |                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { | 
 |   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); | 
 |   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); | 
 |   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { | 
 |     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); | 
 |     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), | 
 |                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); | 
 |     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { | 
 |     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); | 
 |     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), | 
 |                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); | 
 |     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); | 
 |     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); | 
 |   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); | 
 |   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); | 
 |   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); | 
 |   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); | 
 |   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); | 
 |   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); | 
 |   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array | 
 | /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for | 
 | /// GCC compatibility). | 
 | static TypeSourceInfo* | 
 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | 
 |                                               ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                               bool &SizeIsNegative, | 
 |                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { | 
 |   QualType FixedTy | 
 |     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, | 
 |                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized); | 
 |   if (FixedTy.isNull()) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); | 
 |   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), | 
 |                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); | 
 |   return FixedTInfo; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so | 
 | /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" | 
 | /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just | 
 | /// function-scope declarations. | 
 | void | 
 | Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) | 
 |     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. | 
 |   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { | 
 |   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). | 
 |   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); | 
 |   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that | 
 | /// does not identify a function. | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { | 
 |   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid | 
 |   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" | 
 |   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), | 
 |          diag::err_virtual_non_function); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), | 
 |          diag::err_explicit_non_function); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), | 
 |          diag::err_noreturn_non_function); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | NamedDecl* | 
 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, | 
 |                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) | 
 |       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. | 
 |     DC = CurContext; | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) | 
 |         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) | 
 |       << 1; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { | 
 |     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) | 
 |       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, | 
 |            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) | 
 |           << "typedef"; | 
 |     else | 
 |       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) | 
 |           << D.getName().getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); | 
 |   if (!NewTD) return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); | 
 |  | 
 |   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); | 
 |   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); | 
 |   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); | 
 |   return ND; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { | 
 |   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type | 
 |   // then it shall have block scope. | 
 |   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so | 
 |   // that redeclarations will match. | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); | 
 |   QualType T = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 |     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { | 
 |       bool SizeIsNegative; | 
 |       llvm::APSInt Oversized; | 
 |       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = | 
 |         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, | 
 |                                                       SizeIsNegative, | 
 |                                                       Oversized); | 
 |       if (FixedTInfo) { | 
 |         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); | 
 |         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         if (SizeIsNegative) | 
 |           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); | 
 |         else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) | 
 |           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 |         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) | 
 |           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) | 
 |             << Oversized.toString(10); | 
 |         else | 
 |           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 |         NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which | 
 | /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via | 
 | /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. | 
 | NamedDecl* | 
 | Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, | 
 |                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { | 
 |  | 
 |   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. | 
 |   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is | 
 |   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. | 
 |   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, | 
 |                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); | 
 |   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); | 
 |   if (!Previous.empty()) { | 
 |     Redeclaration = true; | 
 |     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) | 
 |     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. | 
 |   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) | 
 |     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { | 
 |       if (II->isStr("FILE")) | 
 |         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); | 
 |       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) | 
 |         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); | 
 |       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) | 
 |         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); | 
 |       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) | 
 |         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return NewTD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope | 
 | /// previous declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a | 
 | /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a | 
 | /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new | 
 | /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with | 
 | /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 | 
 | /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name | 
 | /// lookup | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being | 
 | /// declared. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration | 
 | /// for a new delcaration with the same name. | 
 | static bool | 
 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, | 
 |                                 ASTContext &Context) { | 
 |   if (!PrevDecl) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // C++ [basic.link]p6: | 
 |     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage | 
 |     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared | 
 |     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block | 
 |     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the | 
 |     //   linkage of the previous declaration. | 
 |     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); | 
 |     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) | 
 |       // We found a member function: ignore it. | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and | 
 |     // previous declarations. | 
 |     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); | 
 |     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it | 
 |     // isn't the same function. | 
 |     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { | 
 |   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); | 
 |   if (!SS.isSet()) return; | 
 |   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { | 
 |   QualType type = decl->getType(); | 
 |   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); | 
 |   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { | 
 |     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. | 
 |     unsigned kind = -1U; | 
 |     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { | 
 |       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | 
 |         kind = 0; // __block | 
 |       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) | 
 |         kind = 1; // global | 
 |     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { | 
 |       kind = 3; // ivar | 
 |     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { | 
 |       kind = 2; // field | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (kind != -1U) { | 
 |       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) | 
 |         << kind; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { | 
 |     // Try to infer lifetime. | 
 |     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); | 
 |     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); | 
 |     decl->setType(type); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { | 
 |     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. | 
 |     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && | 
 |         var->getTLSKind()) { | 
 |       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) | 
 |         << var->getType(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { | 
 |   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache | 
 |   // the wrong linkage. | 
 |   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); | 
 |  | 
 |   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. | 
 |   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { | 
 |       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); | 
 |       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { | 
 |       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); | 
 |       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); | 
 |       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { | 
 |     if (VD->hasInit()) { | 
 |       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { | 
 |         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && | 
 |                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); | 
 |         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; | 
 |         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. | 
 |   // It does not apply to functions. | 
 |   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { | 
 |       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); | 
 |       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { | 
 |     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external | 
 |     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. | 
 |     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); | 
 |     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { | 
 |       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) | 
 |         << &ND << Attr; | 
 |       ND.setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. | 
 |   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) | 
 |     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) | 
 |       if (MD->isVirtual()) { | 
 |         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) | 
 |             << Attr; | 
 |         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. | 
 |   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { | 
 |     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; | 
 |     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the | 
 |     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. | 
 |     AttributedTypeLoc ATL; | 
 |     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); | 
 |          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); | 
 |          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { | 
 |       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object | 
 |       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) | 
 |       // by applying it to the function type. | 
 |       if (ATL.getAttrKind() == AttributedType::attr_lifetimebound) { | 
 |         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | 
 |         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { | 
 |           S.Diag(ATL.getAttrNameLoc(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) | 
 |               << !MD << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); | 
 |         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { | 
 |           S.Diag(ATL.getAttrNameLoc(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) | 
 |               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, | 
 |                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl, | 
 |                                            bool IsSpecialization, | 
 |                                            bool IsDefinition) { | 
 |   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsTemplate = false; | 
 |   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { | 
 |     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 |     IsTemplate = true; | 
 |     if (!IsSpecialization) | 
 |       IsDefinition = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { | 
 |     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 |     IsTemplate = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 |   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); | 
 |   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 |   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude | 
 |   // inherited attribute instances. | 
 |   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || | 
 |                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, | 
 |   // the only exception being explicit specializations. | 
 |   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there | 
 |   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. | 
 |   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { | 
 |     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. | 
 |     bool JustWarn = false; | 
 |     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { | 
 |       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); | 
 |       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) | 
 |         JustWarn = true; | 
 |       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); | 
 |       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) | 
 |         JustWarn = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already | 
 |     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo | 
 |     // address equality) as they can use the thunk. | 
 |     if (OldDecl->isUsed()) | 
 |       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) | 
 |         JustWarn = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration | 
 |                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; | 
 |     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) | 
 |         << NewDecl | 
 |         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); | 
 |     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     if (!JustWarn) { | 
 |       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only | 
 |   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function | 
 |   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or | 
 |   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if | 
 |   // it were marked dllexport. | 
 |   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; | 
 |   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); | 
 |   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { | 
 |     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed | 
 |     // separately. | 
 |     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); | 
 |     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != | 
 |                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; | 
 |   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { | 
 |     IsInline = FD->isInlined(); | 
 |     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && | 
 |                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && | 
 |       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && | 
 |       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { | 
 |     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { | 
 |       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) | 
 |           << NewDecl; | 
 |       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 |       NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( | 
 |           NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, | 
 |           NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) | 
 |           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; | 
 |       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | 
 |       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 |       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { | 
 |     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport | 
 |     // attribute. | 
 |     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 |     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 |     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) | 
 |         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here | 
 |   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the | 
 |   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically | 
 |   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. | 
 |   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { | 
 |     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && | 
 |         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { | 
 |       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = | 
 |               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { | 
 |         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); | 
 |         NewAttr->setInherited(true); | 
 |         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, | 
 | /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the | 
 | /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? | 
 | static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. | 
 |  | 
 |   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. | 
 |   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. | 
 |   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. | 
 |   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching | 
 | /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that | 
 | /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally | 
 | /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a | 
 | /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// For instance: | 
 | /// | 
 | ///   auto x = []{}; | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally | 
 | /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// FIXME: This is a hack. | 
 | template<typename T> | 
 | static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { | 
 |   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". | 
 |     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. | 
 |     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || | 
 |                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return D->isExternC(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { | 
 |   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) | 
 |     return VD->hasExternalStorage(); | 
 |   if (DC->isFileContext()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   if (DC->isRecord()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || | 
 |       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   if (DC->isRecord()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, | 
 |                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { | 
 |   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. | 
 |   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type | 
 |   // position to the decl itself. | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. | 
 |   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a | 
 | /// function-local external declaration. | 
 | bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { | 
 |   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function | 
 |   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is | 
 |   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. | 
 |   if (DC->isDependentContext()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [basic.link]p7: | 
 |   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to | 
 |   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the | 
 |   //   innermost enclosing namespace. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a | 
 |   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. | 
 |   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) | 
 |     DC = DC->getParent(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. | 
 | static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { | 
 |   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return FD->isExternC(); | 
 |   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return VD->isExternC(); | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( | 
 |     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | 
 |     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, | 
 |     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { | 
 |   QualType R = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); | 
 |  | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { | 
 |     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic | 
 |     // purposes. | 
 |     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); | 
 |     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { | 
 |       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; | 
 |       Name = II; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (!II) { | 
 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | 
 |     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. | 
 |     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function | 
 |     // argument. | 
 |     if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) | 
 |           << R; | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: | 
 |     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. | 
 |     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: | 
 |     // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. | 
 |     if (NULL == S->getParent()) { | 
 |       if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. | 
 |     QualType NR = R; | 
 |     while (NR->isPointerType()) { | 
 |       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       NR = NR->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { | 
 |       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and | 
 |       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). | 
 |       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (R->isSamplerT()) { | 
 |       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: | 
 |       // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address | 
 |       // space qualifiers. | 
 |       if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || | 
 |           R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: | 
 |       // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address | 
 |       // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. | 
 |       if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && | 
 |           !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || | 
 |           R.isConstQualified())) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: | 
 |     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global | 
 |     // address space qualifiers. | 
 |     if (R->isEventT()) { | 
 |       if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the thread_local storage qualifier is not | 
 |     // supported.  OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and | 
 |     // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. | 
 |     DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); | 
 |     if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { | 
 |       bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) | 
 |           << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() | 
 |           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); | 
 |   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We | 
 |   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. | 
 |   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && | 
 |       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && | 
 |       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) | 
 |     SC = SC_Extern; | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; | 
 |   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && | 
 |                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { | 
 |     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always | 
 |     // an error here | 
 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     SC = SC_None; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && | 
 |       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( | 
 |                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { | 
 |     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. | 
 |     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some | 
 |     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. | 
 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class | 
 |                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { | 
 |     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not | 
 |     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. | 
 |     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. | 
 |     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; | 
 |   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; | 
 |   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; | 
 |   bool IsVariableTemplate = false; | 
 |   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; | 
 |   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; | 
 |   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, | 
 |                             R, TInfo, SC); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) | 
 |       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     bool Invalid = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 |       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. | 
 |       switch (SC) { | 
 |       case SC_None: | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case SC_Static: | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_static_out_of_line) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case SC_Auto: | 
 |       case SC_Register: | 
 |       case SC_Extern: | 
 |         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only | 
 |         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. | 
 |         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration | 
 |         // of class members | 
 |  | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case SC_PrivateExtern: | 
 |         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 |       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | 
 |         if (RD->isLocalClass()) | 
 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) | 
 |             << Name << RD->getDeclName(); | 
 |  | 
 |         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, | 
 |         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. | 
 |         if (RD->isUnion()) | 
 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | 
 |                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union | 
 |                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; | 
 |         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. | 
 |         else if (!RD->getDeclName()) | 
 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) | 
 |             << Name << RD->isUnion(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then | 
 |     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. | 
 |     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( | 
 |         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |         D.getCXXScopeSpec(), | 
 |         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId | 
 |             ? D.getName().TemplateId | 
 |             : nullptr, | 
 |         TemplateParamLists, | 
 |         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (TemplateParams) { | 
 |       if (!TemplateParams->size() && | 
 |           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { | 
 |         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain | 
 |         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. | 
 |         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_template_variable_noparams) | 
 |           << II | 
 |           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), | 
 |                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); | 
 |         TemplateParams = nullptr; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { | 
 |           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. | 
 |           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. | 
 |           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; | 
 |           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; | 
 |         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) | 
 |           // This is a template declaration. | 
 |           IsVariableTemplate = true; | 
 |  | 
 |           // Check that we can declare a template here. | 
 |           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) | 
 |             return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). | 
 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 | 
 |                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template | 
 |                    : diag::ext_variable_template); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       assert((Invalid || | 
 |               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && | 
 |              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { | 
 |       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = | 
 |           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 | 
 |               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() | 
 |               : SourceLocation(); | 
 |       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( | 
 |           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, | 
 |           IsPartialSpecialization); | 
 |       if (Res.isInvalid()) | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); | 
 |       AddToScope = false; | 
 |     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { | 
 |       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, | 
 |                                         Bindings); | 
 |     } else | 
 |       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. | 
 |     if (IsVariableTemplate) { | 
 |       NewTemplate = | 
 |           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, | 
 |                                   TemplateParams, NewVD); | 
 |       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the | 
 |     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. | 
 |     if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) | 
 |       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { | 
 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       if (NewTemplate) | 
 |         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to | 
 |     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. | 
 |     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; | 
 |     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) | 
 |       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( | 
 |           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { | 
 |       NewVD->setConstexpr(true); | 
 |       // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: | 
 |       //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is | 
 |       //   implicitly an inline variable. | 
 |       if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | 
 |         NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) | 
 |           << 0; | 
 |     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { | 
 |       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), | 
 |            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable | 
 |                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable); | 
 |       NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the | 
 |   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. | 
 |   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 |   if (NewTemplate) | 
 |     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (IsLocalExternDecl) { | 
 |     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) | 
 |       for (auto *B : Bindings) | 
 |         B->setLocalExternDecl(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; | 
 |   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: | 
 |     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the | 
 |     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear | 
 |     //   explicitly. | 
 |     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared | 
 |     //   'extern'. | 
 |     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && | 
 |         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || | 
 |          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || | 
 |          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_thread_non_global) | 
 |         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); | 
 |     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { | 
 |         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to | 
 |         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the | 
 |         // error should be ignored. | 
 |         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; | 
 |         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with | 
 |         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going | 
 |         // to emit any code for it. | 
 |         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); | 
 |       } else | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_thread_unsupported); | 
 |     } else | 
 |       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C99 6.7.4p3 | 
 |   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall | 
 |   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or | 
 |   //   thread storage duration... | 
 |   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined | 
 |   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note | 
 |   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to | 
 |   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these | 
 |   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). | 
 |   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && | 
 |       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { | 
 |     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); | 
 |     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); | 
 |       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { | 
 |     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) | 
 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) | 
 |           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 |                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); | 
 |     else if (IsMemberSpecialization) | 
 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) | 
 |         << 2 | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); | 
 |     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) | 
 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) | 
 |         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() | 
 |         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); | 
 |     else { | 
 |       NewVD->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |       if (NewTemplate) | 
 |         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |       for (auto *B : Bindings) | 
 |         B->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { | 
 |     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && | 
 |         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || | 
 |          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && | 
 |           NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_thread_unsupported); | 
 |     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static | 
 |     // storage [duration]." | 
 |     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && | 
 |         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || | 
 |          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { | 
 |       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as | 
 |   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can | 
 |   // check the VarDecl itself. | 
 |   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || | 
 |          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || | 
 |          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); | 
 |  | 
 |   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of | 
 |   // retainable type. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) | 
 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). | 
 |   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { | 
 |     // The parser guarantees this is a string. | 
 |     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); | 
 |     StringRef Label = SE->getString(); | 
 |     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { | 
 |       switch (SC) { | 
 |       case SC_None: | 
 |       case SC_Auto: | 
 |         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case SC_Register: | 
 |         // Local Named register | 
 |         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && | 
 |             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) | 
 |           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case SC_Static: | 
 |       case SC_Extern: | 
 |       case SC_PrivateExtern: | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (SC == SC_Register) { | 
 |       // Global Named register | 
 |       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { | 
 |         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); | 
 |         bool HasSizeMismatch; | 
 |  | 
 |         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) | 
 |           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; | 
 |         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, | 
 |                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R), | 
 |                                                     HasSizeMismatch)) | 
 |           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; | 
 |         else if (HasSizeMismatch) | 
 |           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), | 
 |                                                 Context, Label, 0)); | 
 |   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { | 
 |     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = | 
 |       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); | 
 |     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { | 
 |       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { | 
 |         NewVD->addAttr(I->second); | 
 |         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); | 
 |       } else | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) | 
 |             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. | 
 |   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() | 
 |                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) | 
 |                                 : nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different | 
 |   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new | 
 |   // declaration has linkage). | 
 |   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), | 
 |                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || | 
 |                        IsMemberSpecialization || | 
 |                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This | 
 |   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) | 
 |     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( | 
 |         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && | 
 |         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. | 
 |     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) | 
 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. | 
 |     if (!Previous.empty()) { | 
 |       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && | 
 |           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && | 
 |           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 |         // The user tried to define a non-static data member | 
 |         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) | 
 |           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 |         Previous.clear(); | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 |       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) | 
 |         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) | 
 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) | 
 |       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (NewTemplate) { | 
 |       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = | 
 |           NewVD->getPreviousDecl() | 
 |               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() | 
 |               : nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly | 
 |       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable | 
 |       // template declaration. | 
 |       if (CheckTemplateParameterList( | 
 |               TemplateParams, | 
 |               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() | 
 |                               : nullptr, | 
 |               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && | 
 |                DC->isDependentContext()) | 
 |                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember | 
 |                   : TPC_VarTemplate)) | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable | 
 |       // template, make a note of that. | 
 |       if (PrevVarTemplate && | 
 |           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) | 
 |         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. | 
 |   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) | 
 |     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update | 
 |   // the map of such variables. | 
 |   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) | 
 |     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { | 
 |     Decl *ManglingContextDecl; | 
 |     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( | 
 |             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { | 
 |       Context.setManglingNumber( | 
 |           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( | 
 |                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); | 
 |       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Special handling of variable named 'main'. | 
 |   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && | 
 |       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && | 
 |       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 | 
 |     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined | 
 |     // behavior. | 
 |     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) | 
 |       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { | 
 |     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); | 
 |     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, | 
 |                                    D.isFunctionDefinition()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewTemplate) { | 
 |     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); | 
 |     return NewTemplate; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   return NewVD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. | 
 | enum ShadowedDeclKind { | 
 |   SDK_Local, | 
 |   SDK_Global, | 
 |   SDK_StaticMember, | 
 |   SDK_Field, | 
 |   SDK_Typedef, | 
 |   SDK_Using | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. | 
 | static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, | 
 |                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) { | 
 |   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) | 
 |     return SDK_Using; | 
 |   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) | 
 |     return SDK_Typedef; | 
 |   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) | 
 |     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; | 
 |  | 
 |   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given | 
 | /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. | 
 | static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, | 
 |                                          const VarDecl *VD) { | 
 |   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { | 
 |     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) | 
 |       return Capture.getLocation(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return SourceLocation(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, | 
 |                                      const LookupResult &R) { | 
 |   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. | 
 |   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Return false if warning is ignored. | 
 |   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null | 
 | /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. | 
 | NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, | 
 |                                         const LookupResult &R) { | 
 |   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. | 
 |   if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) | 
 |              ? ShadowedDecl | 
 |              : nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null | 
 | /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. | 
 | NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, | 
 |                                         const LookupResult &R) { | 
 |   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class | 
 |   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements | 
 | /// -Wshadow. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" | 
 | /// scope. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable | 
 | /// \param R the lookup of the name | 
 | /// | 
 | void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, | 
 |                        const LookupResult &R) { | 
 |   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { | 
 |     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. | 
 |     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) | 
 |       if (MD->isStatic()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually | 
 |     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. | 
 |     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) | 
 |       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | 
 |         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its | 
 |         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. | 
 |         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) | 
 |     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { | 
 |       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global | 
 |       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. | 
 |       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) | 
 |         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { | 
 |           ShadowedDecl = I; | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; | 
 |   SourceLocation CaptureLoc; | 
 |   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && | 
 |       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { | 
 |     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { | 
 |       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { | 
 |         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { | 
 |           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. | 
 |           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); | 
 |           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. | 
 |           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); | 
 |           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) | 
 |             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the | 
 |           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. | 
 |           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) | 
 |               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( | 
 |                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); | 
 |           return; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { | 
 |         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if | 
 |         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. | 
 |         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; | 
 |              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); | 
 |              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { | 
 |           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions | 
 |           // can capture; other scopes don't. | 
 |           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && | 
 |               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { | 
 |             return; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. | 
 |   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { | 
 |     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. | 
 |     if (!OldDC->isRecord()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing | 
 |     // static data members from base classes? | 
 |  | 
 |     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. | 
 |     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the | 
 |     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Emit warning and note. | 
 |   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); | 
 |   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; | 
 |   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) | 
 |     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) | 
 |         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; | 
 |   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD | 
 | /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { | 
 |   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { | 
 |     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; | 
 |     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. | 
 |     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); | 
 |     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); | 
 |     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() | 
 |                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local | 
 |                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow) | 
 |         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() | 
 |         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; | 
 |     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) | 
 |       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) | 
 |           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; | 
 |     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. | 
 | void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { | 
 |   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), | 
 |                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); | 
 |   LookupName(R, S); | 
 |   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) | 
 |     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers | 
 | /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. | 
 | void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { | 
 |   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | 
 |   if (!DRE) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | 
 |   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); | 
 |   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; | 
 |   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); | 
 |   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; | 
 |   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; | 
 |   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. | 
 |   ShadowingDecls.erase(I); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and | 
 | /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. | 
 | template<typename T> | 
 | static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( | 
 |     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); | 
 |   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { | 
 |     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" | 
 |     // declaration. | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Prev) { | 
 |     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { | 
 |       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a | 
 |       // redeclaration. | 
 |       Previous.clear(); | 
 |       Previous.addDecl(Prev); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous | 
 |     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable | 
 |     // declaration. | 
 |     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the | 
 |     // translation unit which might conflict. | 
 |     if (IsGlobal) { | 
 |       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. | 
 |       IsGlobal = false; | 
 |       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); | 
 |            I != E; ++I) { | 
 |         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { | 
 |           Prev = *I; | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       DeclContext::lookup_result R = | 
 |           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); | 
 |       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); | 
 |            I != E; ++I) { | 
 |         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { | 
 |           Prev = *I; | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, | 
 |         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the | 
 |         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name | 
 |         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a | 
 |         // diagnostic. | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Prev) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which | 
 |   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. | 
 |   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); | 
 |   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) | 
 |     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) | 
 |     << IsGlobal << ND; | 
 |   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) | 
 |     << IsGlobal; | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true | 
 | /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: | 
 | ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage | 
 | ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same | 
 | ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with | 
 | ///   the same name as an entity in global scope. | 
 | template<typename T> | 
 | static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, | 
 |                                                   LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' | 
 |     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because | 
 |     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. | 
 |     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { | 
 |       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { | 
 |         Previous.clear(); | 
 |         Previous.addDecl(Prev); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" | 
 |   // declaration. | 
 |   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) | 
 |     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the | 
 |   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration | 
 |   // in another scope. | 
 |   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) | 
 |     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { | 
 |   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. | 
 |   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType T = NewVD->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. | 
 |   if (T->isUndeducedType()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) | 
 |     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { | 
 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); | 
 |     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); | 
 |     NewVD->setType(T); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. | 
 |   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not | 
 |   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. | 
 |   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && | 
 |       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { | 
 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; | 
 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program | 
 |   // scope. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && | 
 |       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && | 
 |       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { | 
 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); | 
 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | 
 |     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. | 
 |     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { | 
 |       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and | 
 |       // can't use 'extern' storage class. | 
 |       if (!T.isConstQualified()) { | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) | 
 |             << 0 /*const*/; | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the | 
 |     // __constant address space. | 
 |     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static | 
 |     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global | 
 |     // address space. | 
 |     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || | 
 |         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { | 
 |       if (!T->isSamplerT() && | 
 |           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || | 
 |             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && | 
 |              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { | 
 |         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; | 
 |         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) | 
 |           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) | 
 |               << Scope << "global or constant"; | 
 |         else | 
 |           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) | 
 |               << Scope << "constant"; | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) | 
 |             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || | 
 |           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { | 
 |         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); | 
 |         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables | 
 |         // in functions. | 
 |         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { | 
 |           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) | 
 |             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) | 
 |                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; | 
 |           else | 
 |             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) | 
 |                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; | 
 |           NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           return; | 
 |         } | 
 |         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be | 
 |         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. | 
 |         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { | 
 |           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { | 
 |             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) | 
 |               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) | 
 |                   << "constant"; | 
 |             else | 
 |               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) | 
 |                   << "local"; | 
 |             NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |             return; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { | 
 |         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; | 
 |         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() | 
 |       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) | 
 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); | 
 |     else { | 
 |       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | 
 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); | 
 |   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || | 
 |       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | 
 |     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || | 
 |       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { | 
 |     bool SizeIsNegative; | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Oversized; | 
 |     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( | 
 |         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); | 
 |     QualType FixedT; | 
 |     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) | 
 |       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); | 
 |     else if (FixedTInfo) { | 
 |       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up | 
 |       // both types separately. | 
 |       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, | 
 |                                                    Oversized); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { | 
 |       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); | 
 |       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for | 
 |       // int a[10][n]; | 
 |       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) | 
 |         << SizeRange; | 
 |       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) | 
 |         << SizeRange; | 
 |       else | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) | 
 |         << SizeRange; | 
 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!FixedTInfo) { | 
 |       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 |       else | 
 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); | 
 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); | 
 |     NewVD->setType(FixedT); | 
 |     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (T->isVoidType()) { | 
 |     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names | 
 |     //                    of objects and functions. | 
 |     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) | 
 |         << T; | 
 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); | 
 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); | 
 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && | 
 |       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, | 
 |                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { | 
 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable | 
 | /// declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a | 
 | /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to | 
 | /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators | 
 | /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables | 
 | /// that have been instantiated from a template. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. | 
 |   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible | 
 |   // extern "C" declaration with the same name. | 
 |   if (Previous.empty() && | 
 |       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) | 
 |     Previous.setShadowed(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Previous.empty()) { | 
 |     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct FindOverriddenMethod { | 
 |   Sema *S; | 
 |   CXXMethodDecl *Method; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ | 
 |   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with | 
 |   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). | 
 |   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { | 
 |     RecordDecl *BaseRecord = | 
 |         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? | 
 |     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { | 
 |       // We really want to find the base class destructor here. | 
 |       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); | 
 |       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); | 
 |  | 
 |       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); | 
 |          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { | 
 |       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); | 
 |       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | 
 |         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) | 
 |           return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant | 
 | /// overridden methods. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. | 
 | /// \param MD the overriding method. | 
 | /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. | 
 | static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, | 
 |                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { | 
 |   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); | 
 |   for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { | 
 |     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but | 
 |     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing | 
 |     // out the diag loop 3 times. | 
 |     if ((OEK == OEK_All) || | 
 |         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || | 
 |         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) | 
 |       S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, | 
 | /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. | 
 | bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { | 
 |   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. | 
 |   CXXBasePaths Paths; | 
 |   FindOverriddenMethod FOM; | 
 |   FOM.Method = MD; | 
 |   FOM.S = this; | 
 |   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; | 
 |   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; | 
 |   bool AddedAny = false; | 
 |   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { | 
 |     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { | 
 |       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { | 
 |         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); | 
 |         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && | 
 |             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && | 
 |             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && | 
 |             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { | 
 |           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); | 
 |           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); | 
 |           AddedAny = true; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { | 
 |     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { | 
 |     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return AddedAny; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by | 
 |   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. | 
 |   struct ActOnFDArgs { | 
 |     Scope *S; | 
 |     Declarator &D; | 
 |     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; | 
 |     bool AddToScope; | 
 |   }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. | 
 | // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. | 
 | class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { | 
 |  public: | 
 |   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, | 
 |                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent) | 
 |       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), | 
 |         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { | 
 |     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; | 
 |     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), | 
 |                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); | 
 |          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { | 
 |       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && | 
 |           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { | 
 |         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | 
 |           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); | 
 |           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) | 
 |             return true; | 
 |         } else if (!ExpectedParent) { | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |  private: | 
 |   ASTContext &Context; | 
 |   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { | 
 |   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid | 
 | /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations | 
 | /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with | 
 | /// the same name. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in | 
 | /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. | 
 | static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( | 
 |     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, | 
 |     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { | 
 |   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); | 
 |   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); | 
 |   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; | 
 |   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; | 
 |   TypoCorrection Correction; | 
 |   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); | 
 |   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend | 
 |                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; | 
 |   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName | 
 |                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, | 
 |                     Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); | 
 |  | 
 |   NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   if (IsLocalFriend) | 
 |     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); | 
 |   else | 
 |     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); | 
 |   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && | 
 |          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); | 
 |   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); | 
 |   if (!Prev.empty()) { | 
 |     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); | 
 |          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { | 
 |       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); | 
 |       if (FD && | 
 |           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { | 
 |         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't | 
 |         // involve a parameter | 
 |         unsigned ParamNum = | 
 |             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; | 
 |         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction | 
 |   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( | 
 |                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, | 
 |                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), | 
 |                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( | 
 |                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), | 
 |                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { | 
 |     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator | 
 |     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), | 
 |                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); | 
 |     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), | 
 |                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); | 
 |          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { | 
 |       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); | 
 |       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && | 
 |           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { | 
 |         Previous.addDecl(FD); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); | 
 |  | 
 |     NamedDecl *Result; | 
 |     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous | 
 |     // declarations, and with errors suppressed. | 
 |     { | 
 |       // Trap errors. | 
 |       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); | 
 |  | 
 |       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the | 
 |       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully | 
 |       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. | 
 |       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( | 
 |           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, | 
 |           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), | 
 |           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, | 
 |           ExtraArgs.AddToScope); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | 
 |         Result = nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Result) { | 
 |       // Determine which correction we picked. | 
 |       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); | 
 |       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); | 
 |            I != E; ++I) | 
 |         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) | 
 |           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Let Sema know about the correction. | 
 |       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); | 
 |       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( | 
 |           Correction, | 
 |           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend | 
 |                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest | 
 |                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) | 
 |             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); | 
 |       return Result; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred | 
 |     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), | 
 |                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 |     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |     Previous.setLookupName(Name); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) | 
 |       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool NewFDisConst = false; | 
 |   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) | 
 |     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator | 
 |        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); | 
 |        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { | 
 |     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; | 
 |     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | 
 |     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); | 
 |     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. | 
 |     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { | 
 |       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); | 
 |       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); | 
 |       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match | 
 |                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) | 
 |         << Idx << FDParam->getType() | 
 |         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); | 
 |     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) | 
 |           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); | 
 |     } else | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), | 
 |                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match | 
 |                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { | 
 |   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 |   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_register: | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
 |     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); | 
 |     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: | 
 |     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) | 
 |       return SC_None; | 
 |     return SC_Extern; | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { | 
 |     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { | 
 |       // C99 6.7.1p5: | 
 |       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has | 
 |       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier | 
 |       //   other than extern | 
 |       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |                    diag::err_static_block_func); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } else | 
 |       return SC_Static; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // No explicit storage class has already been returned | 
 |   return SC_None; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, | 
 |                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, | 
 |                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | 
 |                                            StorageClass SC, | 
 |                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) { | 
 |   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 |   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); | 
 |  | 
 |   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; | 
 |   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // Determine whether the function was written with a | 
 |     // prototype. This true when: | 
 |     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or | 
 |     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- | 
 |     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a | 
 |     //     function type). | 
 |     bool HasPrototype = | 
 |       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || | 
 |       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); | 
 |  | 
 |     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, | 
 |                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, | 
 |                                  TInfo, SC, isInline, | 
 |                                  HasPrototype, false); | 
 |     if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     return NewFD; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); | 
 |   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. | 
 |   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once | 
 |   // the class has been completely parsed. | 
 |   if (!DC->isRecord() && | 
 |       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( | 
 |           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), | 
 |           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { | 
 |     // This is a C++ constructor declaration. | 
 |     assert(DC->isRecord() && | 
 |            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); | 
 |  | 
 |     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 |     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 |                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, | 
 |                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, | 
 |                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, | 
 |                                       isConstexpr); | 
 |  | 
 |   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { | 
 |     // This is a C++ destructor declaration. | 
 |     if (DC->isRecord()) { | 
 |       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 |       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); | 
 |       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( | 
 |                                         SemaRef.Context, Record, | 
 |                                         D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, | 
 |                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception | 
 |       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do | 
 |       // it yet. | 
 |       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && | 
 |           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && | 
 |           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { | 
 |         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       IsVirtualOkay = true; | 
 |       return NewDD; | 
 |  | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing | 
 |       // code path. | 
 |       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, | 
 |                                   D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, | 
 |                                   SC, isInline, | 
 |                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { | 
 |     if (!DC->isRecord()) { | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_conv_function_not_member); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 |     IsVirtualOkay = true; | 
 |     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 |                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, | 
 |                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, | 
 |                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); | 
 |  | 
 |   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { | 
 |     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 |  | 
 |     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                                          isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, | 
 |                                          D.getLocEnd()); | 
 |   } else if (DC->isRecord()) { | 
 |     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, | 
 |     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. | 
 |     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a | 
 |     // constructor if it has no return type). | 
 |     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && | 
 |         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ | 
 |       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) | 
 |         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) | 
 |         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // This is a C++ method declaration. | 
 |     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, | 
 |                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 |                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, | 
 |                                                TInfo, SC, isInline, | 
 |                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); | 
 |     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); | 
 |     return Ret; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     bool isFriend = | 
 |         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); | 
 |     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Determine whether the function was written with a | 
 |     // prototype. This true when: | 
 |     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), | 
 |     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, | 
 |                                 D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, | 
 |                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | enum OpenCLParamType { | 
 |   ValidKernelParam, | 
 |   PtrPtrKernelParam, | 
 |   PtrKernelParam, | 
 |   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, | 
 |   InvalidKernelParam, | 
 |   RecordKernelParam | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { | 
 |   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types | 
 |   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to | 
 |   // integers other than by their names. | 
 |   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef | 
 |   // for a size dependent type. | 
 |   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; | 
 |   do { | 
 |     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); | 
 |     auto Match = | 
 |         std::find(Names.begin(), Names.end(), DesugaredTy.getAsString()); | 
 |     if (Names.end() != Match) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     Ty = DesugaredTy; | 
 |     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); | 
 |   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { | 
 |   if (PT->isPointerType()) { | 
 |     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) | 
 |       return PtrPtrKernelParam; | 
 |     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || | 
 |         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || | 
 |         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) | 
 |       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; | 
 |     return PtrKernelParam; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: | 
 |   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the | 
 |   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and | 
 |   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one | 
 |   // of these built-in scalar types. | 
 |   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) | 
 |     return InvalidKernelParam; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PT->isImageType()) | 
 |     return PtrKernelParam; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) | 
 |     return InvalidKernelParam; | 
 |  | 
 |   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: | 
 |   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in | 
 |   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. | 
 |   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) | 
 |     return InvalidKernelParam; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PT->isRecordType()) | 
 |     return RecordKernelParam; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. | 
 |   if (PT->isArrayType()) { | 
 |     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); | 
 |     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the | 
 |     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an | 
 |     // array, this recusive call only happens once. | 
 |     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return ValidKernelParam; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( | 
 |   Sema &S, | 
 |   Declarator &D, | 
 |   ParmVarDecl *Param, | 
 |   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { | 
 |   QualType PT = Param->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are | 
 |   // used again | 
 |   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { | 
 |   case PtrPtrKernelParam: | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: | 
 |     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a | 
 |     // pointer to a pointer type. | 
 |     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: | 
 |     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point | 
 |     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or | 
 |     // __constant. | 
 |     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: | 
 |     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the | 
 |     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and | 
 |     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be | 
 |     // one of these built-in scalar types. | 
 |  | 
 |   case InvalidKernelParam: | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: | 
 |     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared | 
 |     // of event_t type. | 
 |     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument | 
 |     // type for any function elsewhere. | 
 |     if (!PT->isHalfType()) { | 
 |       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Explain what typedefs are involved. | 
 |       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; | 
 |       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { | 
 |         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); | 
 |         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. | 
 |         if (Loc.isValid()) | 
 |           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; | 
 |         PT = Typedef->desugar(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   case PtrKernelParam: | 
 |   case ValidKernelParam: | 
 |     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   case RecordKernelParam: | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Track nested structs we will inspect | 
 |   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from | 
 |   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. | 
 |   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; | 
 |   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); | 
 |  | 
 |   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or | 
 |   // an ArrayType of a RecordType. | 
 |   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); | 
 |   const RecordType *RecTy = | 
 |       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
 |   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); | 
 |   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); | 
 |  | 
 |   do { | 
 |     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); | 
 |     if (!Next) { | 
 |       assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); | 
 |       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level | 
 |       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) | 
 |         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); | 
 |  | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a | 
 |     // field itself) to the history stack. | 
 |     const RecordDecl *RD; | 
 |     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { | 
 |       HistoryStack.push_back(Field); | 
 |  | 
 |       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); | 
 |       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we | 
 |       // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). | 
 |       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && | 
 |              "Unexpected type."); | 
 |       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level | 
 |     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); | 
 |  | 
 |     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { | 
 |       QualType QT = FD->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); | 
 |       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { | 
 |         VisitStack.push_back(FD); | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: | 
 |       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union | 
 |       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or | 
 |       // union. | 
 |       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || | 
 |           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { | 
 |         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) | 
 |           << PT->isUnionType() | 
 |           << PT; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) | 
 |           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where | 
 |       // the offending field came from | 
 |       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator | 
 |                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, | 
 |                E = HistoryStack.end(); | 
 |            I != E; ++I) { | 
 |         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; | 
 |         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) | 
 |           << OuterField->getType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) | 
 |         << QT->isPointerType() | 
 |         << QT; | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } while (!VisitStack.empty()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an | 
 | /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds | 
 | /// nothing. | 
 | static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |     DC = DC->getParent(); | 
 |   return DC; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an | 
 | /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds | 
 | /// nothing. | 
 | static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | 
 |   while (S->isClassScope() || | 
 |          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && | 
 |           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || | 
 |          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || | 
 |          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) | 
 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 |   return S; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | NamedDecl* | 
 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, | 
 |                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, | 
 |                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, | 
 |                               bool &AddToScope) { | 
 |   QualType R = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(R->isFunctionType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. | 
 |   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 |   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); | 
 |   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) | 
 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |          diag::err_invalid_thread) | 
 |       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) | 
 |     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), | 
 |                            D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool isFriend = false; | 
 |   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; | 
 |   bool isMemberSpecialization = false; | 
 |   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; | 
 |   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; | 
 |   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool isVirtualOkay = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; | 
 |   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); | 
 |  | 
 |   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, | 
 |                                               isVirtualOkay); | 
 |   if (!NewFD) return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) | 
 |     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a | 
 |   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical | 
 |   // context will be different from the semantic context. | 
 |   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (IsLocalExternDecl) | 
 |     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); | 
 |     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); | 
 |     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); | 
 |     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); | 
 |     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); | 
 |     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { | 
 |       // C++ [class.friend]p5 | 
 |       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a | 
 |       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. | 
 |       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor | 
 |     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already | 
 |     // return true). | 
 |     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = | 
 |           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { | 
 |       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) | 
 |         NewFD->setPure(true); | 
 |  | 
 |       // C++ [class.union]p2 | 
 |       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. | 
 |       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); | 
 |     isMemberSpecialization = false; | 
 |     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; | 
 |     if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then | 
 |     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. | 
 |     bool Invalid = false; | 
 |     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = | 
 |             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( | 
 |                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), | 
 |                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId | 
 |                     ? D.getName().TemplateId | 
 |                     : nullptr, | 
 |                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, | 
 |                 Invalid)) { | 
 |       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { | 
 |         // This is a function template | 
 |  | 
 |         // Check that we can declare a template here. | 
 |         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) | 
 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |         // A destructor cannot be a template. | 
 |         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { | 
 |           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); | 
 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to | 
 |         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, | 
 |         // now that we know what the current instantiation is. | 
 |         if (DC->isDependentContext()) { | 
 |           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); | 
 |           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) | 
 |             Invalid = true; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, | 
 |                                                         NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |                                                         Name, TemplateParams, | 
 |                                                         NewFD); | 
 |         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 |         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); | 
 |  | 
 |         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. | 
 |         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { | 
 |           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, | 
 |                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // This is a function template specialization. | 
 |         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; | 
 |         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. | 
 |         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) | 
 |           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); | 
 |  | 
 |         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". | 
 |         if (isFriend) { | 
 |           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. | 
 |           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a | 
 |           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: | 
 |           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, | 
 |           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So | 
 |           // we need to insert '<>' after the name. | 
 |           SourceLocation InsertLoc; | 
 |           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { | 
 |             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); | 
 |             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); | 
 |           } | 
 |  | 
 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) | 
 |             << Name << RemoveRange | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     else { | 
 |       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: | 
 |       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. | 
 |       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) | 
 |         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. | 
 |         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Invalid) { | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       if (FunctionTemplate) | 
 |         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: | 
 |     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of | 
 |     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a | 
 |     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. | 
 |     // | 
 |     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       if (!isVirtualOkay) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_virtual_non_function); | 
 |       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 |         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); | 
 |       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { | 
 |         // C++ [temp.mem]p3: | 
 |         //  A member function template shall not be virtual. | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Okay: Add virtual to the method. | 
 |         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && | 
 |           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && | 
 |         (NewFD->isDependentContext() || | 
 |          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && | 
 |         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { | 
 |       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a | 
 |       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. | 
 |       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane | 
 |       // thing to do. | 
 |       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being | 
 |       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. | 
 |       const FunctionProtoType *FPT = | 
 |           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |       QualType Result = | 
 |           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); | 
 |       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), | 
 |                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: | 
 |     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function | 
 |     //  declaration. | 
 |     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { | 
 |         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: | 
 |     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a | 
 |     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition; | 
 |     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. | 
 |     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 |         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); | 
 |       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && | 
 |                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor | 
 |         // or conversion function. | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isConstexpr) { | 
 |       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors | 
 |       // are implicitly inline. | 
 |       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to | 
 |       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, | 
 |       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. | 
 |       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) | 
 |         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. | 
 |     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { | 
 |       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { | 
 |         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc | 
 |           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); | 
 |         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) | 
 |           << 0 | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         NewFD->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |         if (FunctionTemplate) | 
 |           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isFriend) { | 
 |       if (FunctionTemplate) { | 
 |         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); | 
 |         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); | 
 |       } | 
 |       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); | 
 |       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. | 
 |     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function | 
 |     // definition kind to FDK_Definition. | 
 |     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { | 
 |       case FDK_Declaration: | 
 |       case FDK_Definition: | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case FDK_Defaulted: | 
 |         NewFD->setDefaulted(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case FDK_Deleted: | 
 |         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && | 
 |         D.isFunctionDefinition()) { | 
 |       // C++ [class.mfct]p2: | 
 |       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in | 
 |       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) | 
 |       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && | 
 |         !CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 |       // C++ [class.static]p1: | 
 |       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static | 
 |       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of | 
 |       //   the class. | 
 |  | 
 |       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line | 
 |       // member function definition. | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::err_static_out_of_line) | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [except.spec]p15: | 
 |     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated | 
 |     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true). | 
 |     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || | 
 |          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && | 
 |         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) | 
 |       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( | 
 |           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), | 
 |           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. | 
 |   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), | 
 |                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || | 
 |                        isMemberSpecialization || | 
 |                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). | 
 |   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { | 
 |     // The parser guarantees this is a string. | 
 |     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); | 
 |     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, | 
 |                                                 SE->getString(), 0)); | 
 |   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { | 
 |     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = | 
 |       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); | 
 |     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { | 
 |       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { | 
 |         NewFD->addAttr(I->second); | 
 |         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); | 
 |       } else | 
 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) | 
 |             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function | 
 |   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params. | 
 |   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
 |   unsigned FTIIdx; | 
 |   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { | 
 |     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs | 
 |     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a | 
 |     // single void argument. | 
 |     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator | 
 |     // already checks for that case. | 
 |     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { | 
 |       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { | 
 |         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); | 
 |         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); | 
 |         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); | 
 |         Params.push_back(Param); | 
 |  | 
 |         if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them | 
 |       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag | 
 |       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always | 
 |       // the TU. | 
 |       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = | 
 |           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); | 
 |       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { | 
 |         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum | 
 |         // instead. | 
 |         if (!TD) { | 
 |           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) | 
 |             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); | 
 |         } | 
 |         if (!TD) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); | 
 |         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |         TagDC->removeDecl(TD); | 
 |         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); | 
 |         NewFD->addDecl(TD); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag | 
 |         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of | 
 |         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the | 
 |         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: | 
 |         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); | 
 |         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) | 
 |           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | 
 |     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the | 
 |     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) | 
 |     // parameters for use in the declaration. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // @code | 
 |     // typedef void fn(int); | 
 |     // fn f; | 
 |     // @endcode | 
 |  | 
 |     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. | 
 |     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { | 
 |       ParmVarDecl *Param = | 
 |           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); | 
 |       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); | 
 |       Params.push_back(Param); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && | 
 |            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. | 
 |   NewFD->setParams(Params); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) | 
 |     NewFD->addAttr( | 
 |         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), | 
 |                                        Context, 0)); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 | 
 |   // because all functions have linkage. | 
 |   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 |     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active | 
 |   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && | 
 |       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | 
 |     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                                  PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, | 
 |                                                  PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. | 
 |   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && | 
 |       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | 
 |     NewFD->addAttr( | 
 |         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, | 
 |                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), | 
 |                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); | 
 |     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), | 
 |                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | | 
 |                          ASTContext::PSF_Read, | 
 |                      NewFD)) | 
 |       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or | 
 |   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. | 
 |   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, | 
 |                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) { | 
 |       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle attributes. | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return | 
 |     // type declaration will generate a compilation error. | 
 |     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); | 
 |     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { | 
 |       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. | 
 |     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) | 
 |       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | 
 |       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, | 
 |                                                   isMemberSpecialization)); | 
 |     else if (!Previous.empty()) | 
 |       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. | 
 |       D.setRedeclaration(true); | 
 |     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || | 
 |             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && | 
 |            "previous declaration set still overloaded"); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that | 
 |     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging | 
 |     // possibly prototyped redeclarations. | 
 |     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { | 
 |       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); | 
 |       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { | 
 |         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without | 
 |         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. | 
 |         int DiagID = | 
 |             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; | 
 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) | 
 |             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: | 
 |     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since | 
 |     // that forces an external definition to be emitted. | 
 |     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && | 
 |         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && | 
 |         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) | 
 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), | 
 |            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) | 
 |         << NewFD->getDeclName(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template | 
 |     // argument list into our AST format. | 
 |     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { | 
 |       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; | 
 |       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); | 
 |       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); | 
 |       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | 
 |                                          TemplateId->NumArgs); | 
 |       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, | 
 |                                  TemplateArgs); | 
 |  | 
 |       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; | 
 |       } else if (FunctionTemplate) { | 
 |         // Function template with explicit template arguments. | 
 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) | 
 |           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || | 
 |                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && | 
 |                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); | 
 |         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. | 
 |         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { | 
 |       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user | 
 |       // wrote something like: | 
 |       //   template <> friend void foo(int); | 
 |       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: | 
 |       //   friend void foo<>(int); | 
 |       // Go ahead and fake up a template id. | 
 |       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; | 
 |       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 |       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because | 
 |     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their | 
 |     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, | 
 |     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a | 
 |     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template | 
 |     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) | 
 |       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible | 
 |     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized | 
 |     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In | 
 |     // this case, don't check the specialization yet. | 
 |     bool InstantiationDependent = false; | 
 |     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && | 
 |         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || | 
 |          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( | 
 |             TemplateArgs, | 
 |             InstantiationDependent))) { | 
 |       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && | 
 |              "friend function specialization without template args"); | 
 |       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, | 
 |                                                        Previous)) | 
 |         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { | 
 |       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() | 
 |           && !isFriend) { | 
 |         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; | 
 |       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |                  CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | 
 |                      NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), | 
 |                      Previous)) | 
 |         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: | 
 |       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit | 
 |       //   specialization (14.7.3) | 
 |       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = | 
 |           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); | 
 |       if (Info && SC != SC_None) { | 
 |         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) | 
 |           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) | 
 |             << SC | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 |                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |         else | 
 |           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 |                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) | 
 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. | 
 |     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { | 
 |       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) | 
 |         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | 
 |         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, | 
 |                                                     isMemberSpecialization)); | 
 |       else if (!Previous.empty()) | 
 |         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. | 
 |         D.setRedeclaration(true); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || | 
 |             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && | 
 |            "previous declaration set still overloaded"); | 
 |  | 
 |     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate | 
 |                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) | 
 |                                 : NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { | 
 |       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; | 
 |       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); | 
 |  | 
 |       NewFD->setAccess(Access); | 
 |       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && | 
 |         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) | 
 |       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter | 
 |     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. | 
 |     if (FunctionTemplate) { | 
 |       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = | 
 |                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); | 
 |       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | 
 |                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() | 
 |                                     : nullptr, | 
 |                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() | 
 |                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() | 
 |                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition | 
 |                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) | 
 |                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && | 
 |                                  DC && DC->isRecord() && | 
 |                                  DC->isDependentContext()) | 
 |                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember | 
 |                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       // Ignore all the rest of this. | 
 |     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { | 
 |       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, | 
 |                                        AddToScope }; | 
 |       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. | 
 |       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) | 
 |         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. | 
 |       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 |         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or | 
 |         // dependent-scope friend declarations. | 
 |  | 
 |         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent | 
 |         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when | 
 |         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be | 
 |         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there | 
 |         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we | 
 |         // can actually do this check immediately. | 
 |         if (isFriend && | 
 |             (TemplateParamLists.size() || | 
 |              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || | 
 |              CurContext->isDependentContext())) { | 
 |           // ignore these | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a | 
 |           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there | 
 |           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, | 
 |           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: | 
 |           // | 
 |           // class X { | 
 |           //   void f() const; | 
 |           // }; | 
 |           // | 
 |           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed | 
 |           // | 
 |           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close | 
 |           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and | 
 |           // whether the parameter types are references). | 
 |  | 
 |           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( | 
 |                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { | 
 |             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; | 
 |             return Result; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve | 
 |         // to something. | 
 |       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { | 
 |         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( | 
 |                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { | 
 |           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; | 
 |           return Result; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && | 
 |                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && | 
 |                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && | 
 |                !isMemberSpecialization) { | 
 |       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a | 
 |       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). | 
 |       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of | 
 |       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per | 
 |       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an | 
 |       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to | 
 |       // generate them. | 
 |       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) | 
 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); | 
 |   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && | 
 |       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | 
 |     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) | 
 |       << NewFD; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. | 
 |     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( | 
 |         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); | 
 |     EPI.Variadic = true; | 
 |     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); | 
 |     NewFD->setType(R); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class | 
 |   // member, set the visibility of this function. | 
 |   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) | 
 |     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider | 
 |   // marking the function. | 
 |   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to | 
 |   // a pragma. | 
 |   if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) | 
 |     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update | 
 |   // the map of such variables. | 
 |   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) | 
 |     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. | 
 |   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { | 
 |     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); | 
 |     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, | 
 |                                    isMemberSpecialization || | 
 |                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, | 
 |                                    D.isFunctionDefinition()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { | 
 |     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); | 
 |     if (II && | 
 |         II->isStr(getLangOpts().HIP ? "hipConfigureCall" | 
 |                                     : "cudaConfigureCall") && | 
 |         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { | 
 |       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) | 
 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); | 
 |       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed | 
 |     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed | 
 |     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && | 
 |         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || | 
 |          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && | 
 |         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && | 
 |           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { | 
 |       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     if (FunctionTemplate) { | 
 |       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return FunctionTemplate; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. | 
 |     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) | 
 |         && (SC == SC_Static)) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. | 
 |     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | 
 |       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) | 
 |           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") | 
 |                                 : FixItHint()); | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; | 
 |     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) | 
 |       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); | 
 |   } | 
 |   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { | 
 |     QualType PT = Param->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value | 
 |     // types. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { | 
 |       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { | 
 |         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); | 
 |           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { | 
 |             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); | 
 |             D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |           } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. | 
 |   // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation | 
 |   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. | 
 |   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { | 
 |     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = | 
 |                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( | 
 |                                 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), | 
 |                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); | 
 |     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); | 
 |     AddToScope = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions | 
 |   // that are run during load/unload. | 
 |   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { | 
 |       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) | 
 |           << 1; | 
 |       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { | 
 |       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) | 
 |           << 2; | 
 |       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return NewFD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say | 
 | /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of | 
 | /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special | 
 | /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." | 
 | /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler | 
 | /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. | 
 | /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer | 
 | /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: | 
 | /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer | 
 | /// available since MS has removed the page. | 
 | static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | 
 |   if (!Method) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); | 
 |   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { | 
 |     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); | 
 |     NewAttr->setImplicit(true); | 
 |     return NewAttr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg | 
 |   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. | 
 |   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) | 
 |    return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { | 
 |     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { | 
 |       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); | 
 |       NewAttr->setImplicit(true); | 
 |       return NewAttr; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a | 
 | /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the | 
 | /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack | 
 | /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param FD Function being declared. | 
 | /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. | 
 | /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or | 
 | ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added. | 
 | Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, | 
 |                                                        bool IsDefinition) { | 
 |   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) | 
 |     return A; | 
 |   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && | 
 |       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) { | 
 |     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), | 
 |                                        SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, | 
 |                                        CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), | 
 |                                        CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a | 
 | /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a | 
 | /// best-effort check. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param NewD The new declaration. | 
 | /// \param OldD The old declaration. | 
 | /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. | 
 | /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. | 
 | bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, | 
 |                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { | 
 |   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't | 
 |   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: | 
 |   // | 
 |   //   int f(); | 
 |   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } | 
 |   // | 
 |   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). | 
 |   if (NewT->isDependentType() && | 
 |       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern | 
 |   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. | 
 |   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be | 
 | /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param D Declaration that is checked. | 
 | /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the | 
 | ///                 same declaration name. | 
 | /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl | 
 | ///          belongs to. | 
 | /// | 
 | bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { | 
 |   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to | 
 |   // permit cases like | 
 |   // | 
 |   //   void func(); | 
 |   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; | 
 |   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; | 
 |   // | 
 |   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy | 
 |   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply | 
 |   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in | 
 |   // the way of access checks. | 
 |   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | 
 |   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); | 
 |   return !VD || !PrevVD || | 
 |          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), | 
 |                                         PrevVD->getType()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace MultiVersioning { | 
 | enum Type { None, Target, CPUSpecific, CPUDispatch}; | 
 | } // MultiVersionType | 
 |  | 
 | static MultiVersioning::Type | 
 | getMultiVersionType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   if (FD->hasAttr<TargetAttr>()) | 
 |     return MultiVersioning::Target; | 
 |   if (FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) | 
 |     return MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch; | 
 |   if (FD->hasAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>()) | 
 |     return MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific; | 
 |   return MultiVersioning::None; | 
 | } | 
 | /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion | 
 | /// validity. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. | 
 | static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | 
 |   assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); | 
 |   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); | 
 |   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); | 
 |   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && | 
 |       !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { | 
 |     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) | 
 |         << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { | 
 |     auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); | 
 |     if (Feat[0] == '-') { | 
 |       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) | 
 |           << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || | 
 |         !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { | 
 |       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) | 
 |           << Feature << BareFeat; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, | 
 |                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD, | 
 |                                              bool CausesMV, | 
 |                                              MultiVersioning::Type MVType) { | 
 |   enum DoesntSupport { | 
 |     FuncTemplates = 0, | 
 |     VirtFuncs = 1, | 
 |     DeducedReturn = 2, | 
 |     Constructors = 3, | 
 |     Destructors = 4, | 
 |     DeletedFuncs = 5, | 
 |     DefaultedFuncs = 6, | 
 |     ConstexprFuncs = 7, | 
 |   }; | 
 |   enum Different { | 
 |     CallingConv = 0, | 
 |     ReturnType = 1, | 
 |     ConstexprSpec = 2, | 
 |     InlineSpec = 3, | 
 |     StorageClass = 4, | 
 |     Linkage = 5 | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = | 
 |       MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || | 
 |       MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldFD && !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); | 
 |     if (OldFD) | 
 |       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For now, disallow all other attributes.  These should be opt-in, but | 
 |   // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. | 
 |   if (CausesMV && OldFD && | 
 |       std::distance(OldFD->attr_begin(), OldFD->attr_end()) != 1) { | 
 |     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) | 
 |         << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (std::distance(NewFD->attr_begin(), NewFD->attr_end()) != 1) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) | 
 |            << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |            << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << FuncTemplates; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewCXXFD->getLocation(), | 
 |                     diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |              << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << VirtFuncs; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const auto *NewCXXCtor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewCXXCtor->getLocation(), | 
 |                     diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |              << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Constructors; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const auto *NewCXXDtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewCXXDtor->getLocation(), | 
 |                     diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |              << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Destructors; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->isDeleted()) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |            << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeletedFuncs; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |            << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DefaultedFuncs; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && (MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || | 
 |                                MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific)) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |            << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << ConstexprFuncs; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType NewQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); | 
 |   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); | 
 |   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) | 
 |            << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeducedReturn; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. | 
 |   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) | 
 |     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure the return type is identical. | 
 |   if (OldFD) { | 
 |     QualType OldQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); | 
 |     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); | 
 |     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); | 
 |     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) | 
 |              << CallingConv; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) | 
 |              << ReturnType; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldFD->isConstexpr() != NewFD->isConstexpr()) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) | 
 |              << ConstexprSpec; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) | 
 |              << InlineSpec; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) | 
 |              << StorageClass; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) | 
 |       return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) | 
 |              << Linkage; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( | 
 |             OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), | 
 |             NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the | 
 | /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. | 
 | static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, | 
 |                                            MultiVersioning::Type MVType, | 
 |                                            const TargetAttr *TA, | 
 |                                            const CPUDispatchAttr *CPUDisp, | 
 |                                            const CPUSpecificAttr *CPUSpec) { | 
 |   assert(MVType != MultiVersioning::None && | 
 |          "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal | 
 |   // function. | 
 |   if (MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   FD->setIsMultiVersion(); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( | 
 |     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, | 
 |     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, | 
 |     LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | 
 |   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); | 
 |   // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. | 
 |   llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features.begin(), NewParsed.Features.end()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that | 
 |   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. | 
 |   if (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. | 
 |   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); | 
 |     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, | 
 |                                        MultiVersioning::Target)) { | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = | 
 |       OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); | 
 |     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { | 
 |     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | 
 |     if (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited()) { | 
 |       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) | 
 |           << 0; | 
 |       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); | 
 |   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); | 
 |   Redeclaration = false; | 
 |   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; | 
 |   OldDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   Previous.clear(); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing | 
 | /// multiversioned declaration collection. | 
 | static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( | 
 |     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, | 
 |     MultiVersioning::Type NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, | 
 |     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, | 
 |     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, | 
 |     LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |  | 
 |   MultiVersioning::Type OldMVType = getMultiVersionType(OldFD); | 
 |   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. | 
 |   if ((OldMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && | 
 |        NewMVType != MultiVersioning::Target) || | 
 |       (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && | 
 |        OldMVType != MultiVersioning::Target)) { | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); | 
 |     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; | 
 |   if (NewTA) { | 
 |     NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); | 
 |     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features.begin(), NewParsed.Features.end()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | 
 |       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a | 
 |   // previous member of the MultiVersion set. | 
 |   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { | 
 |     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); | 
 |     if (!CurFD) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target) { | 
 |       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | 
 |       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { | 
 |         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); | 
 |         Redeclaration = true; | 
 |         OldDecl = ND; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = | 
 |           CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); | 
 |       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { | 
 |         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); | 
 |         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | 
 |       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | 
 |       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. | 
 |       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through | 
 |       // the redeclaration errors. | 
 |       if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch && | 
 |           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { | 
 |         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && | 
 |             std::equal( | 
 |                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), | 
 |                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), | 
 |                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { | 
 |                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); | 
 |                 })) { | 
 |           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); | 
 |           Redeclaration = true; | 
 |           OldDecl = ND; | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. | 
 |         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); | 
 |         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { | 
 |  | 
 |         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && | 
 |             std::equal( | 
 |                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), | 
 |                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), | 
 |                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { | 
 |                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); | 
 |                 })) { | 
 |           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); | 
 |           Redeclaration = true; | 
 |           OldDecl = ND; | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. | 
 |         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { | 
 |           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { | 
 |             if (CurII == NewII) { | 
 |               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) | 
 |                   << NewII; | 
 |               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |               NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |               return true; | 
 |             } | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error | 
 |       // condition. | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only | 
 |   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are | 
 |   // handled in the attribute adding step. | 
 |   if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && | 
 |       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, false, NewMVType)) { | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); | 
 |   Redeclaration = false; | 
 |   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; | 
 |   OldDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   Previous.clear(); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. | 
 | /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. | 
 | static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, | 
 |                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, | 
 |                                       bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, | 
 |                                       LookupResult &Previous) { | 
 |   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | 
 |   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | 
 |   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. | 
 |   if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || | 
 |       (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   MultiVersioning::Type MVType = getMultiVersionType(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS | 
 |   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. | 
 |   if (NewFD->isMain()) { | 
 |     if ((MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || | 
 |         MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || | 
 |         MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific) { | 
 |       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || | 
 |       OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != | 
 |           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { | 
 |     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause | 
 |     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. | 
 |     if (MVType == MultiVersioning::None) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, | 
 |                                           NewCPUSpec); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::None) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::None) { | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) | 
 |         << (getMultiVersionType(OldFD) != MultiVersioning::Target); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. | 
 |   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::Target) | 
 |     return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, | 
 |                                             Redeclaration, OldDecl, | 
 |                                             MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); | 
 |   // Previous declarations lack CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific. | 
 |   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) | 
 |         << 1; | 
 |     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an | 
 |   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are | 
 |   // still compatible with previous declarations. | 
 |   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( | 
 |       S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, | 
 |       OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration | 
 | /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not | 
 | /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is | 
 | /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed | 
 | /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions | 
 | /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called | 
 | /// via InstantiateDecl). | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is | 
 | /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the | 
 | /// previous declaration). | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, | 
 |                                     LookupResult &Previous, | 
 |                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) { | 
 |   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && | 
 |          "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with | 
 |   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, | 
 |   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. | 
 |   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |                                !Previous.isShadowed(); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Redeclaration = false; | 
 |   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of | 
 |   // the same name, if appropriate. | 
 |   if (!Previous.empty()) { | 
 |     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or | 
 |     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, | 
 |     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new | 
 |     // function to the scope. | 
 |     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { | 
 |       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); | 
 |       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { | 
 |         Redeclaration = true; | 
 |         OldDecl = Candidate; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; | 
 |       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, | 
 |                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { | 
 |       case Ovl_Match: | 
 |         Redeclaration = true; | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case Ovl_NonFunction: | 
 |         Redeclaration = true; | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       case Ovl_Overload: | 
 |         Redeclaration = false; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. | 
 |   if (!Redeclaration && | 
 |       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { | 
 |     if (!Previous.empty()) { | 
 |       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous | 
 |       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... | 
 |       Redeclaration = true; | 
 |       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). | 
 |       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || | 
 |           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { | 
 |         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { | 
 |           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; | 
 |           Redeclaration = false; | 
 |           OldDecl = nullptr; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, | 
 |                                 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) | 
 |     return Redeclaration; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: | 
 |   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not | 
 |   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line | 
 |   // definition of a static member function. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards | 
 |   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. | 
 |   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && | 
 |       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && | 
 |       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { | 
 |     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; | 
 |     if (OldDecl) | 
 |       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); | 
 |     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { | 
 |       const FunctionProtoType *FPT = | 
 |         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | 
 |       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; | 
 |       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), | 
 |                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. | 
 |       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. | 
 |       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { | 
 |         SourceLocation AddConstLoc; | 
 |         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() | 
 |                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) | 
 |           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Redeclaration) { | 
 |     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be | 
 |     // merged. | 
 |     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return Redeclaration; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = | 
 |             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { | 
 |       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 |       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); | 
 |       adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); | 
 |       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl | 
 |         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | 
 |       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); | 
 |       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { | 
 |         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); | 
 |         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function | 
 |       // template, mark it as a member specialization. | 
 |       if (IsMemberSpecialization && | 
 |           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { | 
 |         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); | 
 |         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); | 
 |         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted | 
 |         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. | 
 |         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { | 
 |           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. | 
 |           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); | 
 |           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. | 
 |           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { | 
 |         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); | 
 |         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. | 
 |         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); | 
 |         adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); | 
 |         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) | 
 |           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && | 
 |              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { | 
 |     assert((Previous.empty() || | 
 |             llvm::any_of(Previous, | 
 |                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) { | 
 |                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); | 
 |                          })) && | 
 |            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); | 
 |  | 
 |     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { | 
 |       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); | 
 |       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); | 
 |     }); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { | 
 |       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); | 
 |       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) | 
 |           << false; | 
 |  | 
 |       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // C++-specific checks. | 
 |     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |       CheckConstructor(Constructor); | 
 |     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = | 
 |                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); | 
 |       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); | 
 |  | 
 |       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class | 
 |       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. | 
 |       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { | 
 |         DeclarationName Name | 
 |           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( | 
 |                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); | 
 |         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { | 
 |           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); | 
 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           return Redeclaration; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | 
 |                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); | 
 |     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) | 
 |         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); | 
 |  | 
 |       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be | 
 |       // explicitly specialized. | 
 |       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) | 
 |         Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) | 
 |             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. | 
 |     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 |       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && | 
 |           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | 
 |           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { | 
 |         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { | 
 |           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. | 
 |           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { | 
 |             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (Method->isStatic()) | 
 |         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). | 
 |     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && | 
 |         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return Redeclaration; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). | 
 |     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && | 
 |         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { | 
 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return Redeclaration; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless | 
 |     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done | 
 |     // during delayed parsing anyway. | 
 |     if (!CurContext->isRecord()) | 
 |       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this | 
 |     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. | 
 |     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { | 
 |       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; | 
 |       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); | 
 |       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); | 
 |       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception | 
 |       // specification, that's OK. | 
 |       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to | 
 |       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. | 
 |       if (!T.isNull() && | 
 |           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, | 
 |                                                             NewFD->getType())) | 
 |         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, | 
 |         // so forget about the builtin entirely. | 
 |         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if | 
 |     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C | 
 |     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. | 
 |     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. | 
 |     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { | 
 |       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); | 
 |       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) | 
 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) | 
 |             << NewFD << R; | 
 |       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && | 
 |                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | 
 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: | 
 |     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification | 
 |     //   [is] part of the function type | 
 |     // | 
 |     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose | 
 |     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or | 
 |     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in | 
 |     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other | 
 |     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | 
 |       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { | 
 |         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function | 
 |         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very | 
 |         // restricted prior to C++17. | 
 |         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | 
 |           T = RT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |         else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) | 
 |           T = T->getPointeeType(); | 
 |         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | 
 |           T = MPT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | 
 |           if (FPT->isNothrow()) | 
 |             return true; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       }; | 
 |  | 
 |       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); | 
 |       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) | 
 |         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); | 
 |       if (AnyNoexcept) | 
 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) | 
 |             << NewFD; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) | 
 |       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Redeclaration; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { | 
 |   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: | 
 |   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or | 
 |   //   constexpr is ill-formed. | 
 |   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall | 
 |   //   appear in a declaration of main. | 
 |   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. | 
 |   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. | 
 |   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | 
 |          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |   if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); | 
 |   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { | 
 |     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); | 
 |     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); | 
 |     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); | 
 |     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (FD->isConstexpr()) { | 
 |     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); | 
 |     FD->setConstexpr(false); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) | 
 |         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType T = FD->getType(); | 
 |   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); | 
 |   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set default calling convention for main() | 
 |   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { | 
 |     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); | 
 |     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); | 
 |     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return | 
 |     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the | 
 |     // implicit-return-zero rule. | 
 |  | 
 |     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. | 
 |     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) | 
 |       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); | 
 |     else { | 
 |       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); | 
 |       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | 
 |       if (RTRange.isValid()) | 
 |         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; | 
 |     // set the flag which tells us that. | 
 |     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. | 
 |  | 
 |     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. | 
 |     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) | 
 |       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); | 
 |     else { | 
 |       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. | 
 |       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | 
 |       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) | 
 |           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") | 
 |                                 : FixItHint()); | 
 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(true); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Treat protoless main() as nullary. | 
 |   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); | 
 |   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); | 
 |   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FTP->isVariadic()) { | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); | 
 |     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we | 
 |     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If | 
 |   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start | 
 |   // getting shifty. | 
 |   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) | 
 |     HasExtraParameters = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (HasExtraParameters) { | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(true); | 
 |     nparams = 3; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved | 
 |   // if we had some location information about types. | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType CharPP = | 
 |     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); | 
 |   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { | 
 |     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool mismatch = true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) | 
 |       mismatch = false; | 
 |     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { | 
 |       // As an extension, the following forms are okay: | 
 |       //   char const ** | 
 |       //   char const * const * | 
 |       //   char * const * | 
 |  | 
 |       QualifierCollector qs; | 
 |       const PointerType* PT; | 
 |       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && | 
 |           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && | 
 |           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), | 
 |                               Context.CharTy)) { | 
 |         qs.removeConst(); | 
 |         mismatch = !qs.empty(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (mismatch) { | 
 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; | 
 |       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type | 
 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(true); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   QualType T = FD->getType(); | 
 |   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); | 
 |   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, | 
 |   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. | 
 |   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || | 
 |       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || | 
 |       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) | 
 |     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. | 
 |     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") | 
 |       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { | 
 |   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for | 
 |   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or | 
 |   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list, | 
 |   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated | 
 |   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the | 
 |   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. | 
 |   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression | 
 |   // rules there don't matter.) | 
 |   const Expr *Culprit; | 
 |   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) | 
 |     << Culprit->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in | 
 |   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. | 
 |   class SelfReferenceChecker | 
 |       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { | 
 |     Sema &S; | 
 |     Decl *OrigDecl; | 
 |     bool isRecordType; | 
 |     bool isPODType; | 
 |     bool isReferenceType; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool isInitList; | 
 |     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; | 
 |  | 
 |   public: | 
 |     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; | 
 |  | 
 |     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), | 
 |                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { | 
 |       isPODType = false; | 
 |       isRecordType = false; | 
 |       isReferenceType = false; | 
 |       isInitList = false; | 
 |       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { | 
 |         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); | 
 |         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); | 
 |         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists, | 
 |     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are | 
 |     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. | 
 |     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { | 
 |       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); | 
 |       if (!InitList) { | 
 |         Visit(E); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Track and increment the index here. | 
 |       isInitList = true; | 
 |       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); | 
 |       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { | 
 |         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); | 
 |         ++InitFieldIndex.back(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. | 
 |     // Returns false if additional checking is required. | 
 |     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { | 
 |       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; | 
 |       Expr *Base = E; | 
 |       bool ReferenceField = false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Get the field memebers used. | 
 |       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { | 
 |         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); | 
 |         if (!FD) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         Fields.push_back(FD); | 
 |         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |           ReferenceField = true; | 
 |         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. | 
 |       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); | 
 |       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. | 
 |       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. | 
 |       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; | 
 |       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) | 
 |         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); | 
 |  | 
 |       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index | 
 |       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being | 
 |       // initialized, then the use is safe. | 
 |       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), | 
 |                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), | 
 |                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), | 
 |                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); | 
 |            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { | 
 |         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) | 
 |           break; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. | 
 |       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. | 
 |     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional | 
 |     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. | 
 |     void HandleValue(Expr *E) { | 
 |       E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | 
 |         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { | 
 |         Visit(CO->getCond()); | 
 |         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); | 
 |         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = | 
 |               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { | 
 |         Visit(BCO->getCond()); | 
 |         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { | 
 |         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | 
 |         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | 
 |           Visit(BO->getLHS()); | 
 |           HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |           return; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { | 
 |         if (isInitList) { | 
 |           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), | 
 |                                       false /*CheckReference*/)) | 
 |             return; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { | 
 |           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. | 
 |           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) | 
 |             return; | 
 |           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |         } | 
 |         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) | 
 |           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Visit(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all | 
 |     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. | 
 |     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | 
 |       if (isReferenceType) | 
 |         HandleDeclRefExpr(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { | 
 |       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { | 
 |         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { | 
 |       if (isInitList) { | 
 |         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) | 
 |           return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. | 
 |       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member | 
 |       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. | 
 |       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); | 
 |       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); | 
 |       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { | 
 |         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) | 
 |           Warn = false; | 
 |         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { | 
 |         if (Warn) | 
 |           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. | 
 |       // Visit that expression. | 
 |       Visit(Base); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { | 
 |       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) | 
 |         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |       Visit(Callee); | 
 |       for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) | 
 |         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. | 
 |       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && | 
 |           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { | 
 |         if (!isPODType) | 
 |           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { | 
 |         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { | 
 |       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { | 
 |         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); | 
 |         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) | 
 |           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) | 
 |             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); | 
 |         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) | 
 |           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) | 
 |             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |         HandleValue(ArgExpr); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { | 
 |       // Treat std::move as a use. | 
 |       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { | 
 |         HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { | 
 |         HandleValue(E->getLHS()); | 
 |         Visit(E->getRHS()); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the | 
 |     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately | 
 |     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. | 
 |     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { | 
 |       Visit(E->getCond()); | 
 |       Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | 
 |       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); | 
 |       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; | 
 |       unsigned diag; | 
 |       if (isReferenceType) { | 
 |         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; | 
 |       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { | 
 |         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; | 
 |       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || | 
 |                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || | 
 |                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { | 
 |         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, | 
 |                             S.PDiag(diag) | 
 |                               << DRE->getDecl() | 
 |                               << OrigDecl->getLocation() | 
 |                               << DRE->getSourceRange()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. | 
 |   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, | 
 |                                  bool DirectInit) { | 
 |     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, | 
 |     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them. | 
 |     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. | 
 |     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. | 
 |     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) | 
 |       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | 
 |         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) | 
 |           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) | 
 |             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) | 
 |               return; | 
 |  | 
 |     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is | 
 |   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. | 
 |   struct VarDeclOrName { | 
 |     VarDecl *VDecl; | 
 |     DeclarationName Name; | 
 |  | 
 |     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & | 
 |     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { | 
 |       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, | 
 |                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, | 
 |                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI, | 
 |                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, | 
 |                                             Expr *Init) { | 
 |   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; | 
 |   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && | 
 |          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); | 
 |  | 
 |   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; | 
 |  | 
 |   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); | 
 |   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 | 
 |   if (!Init) { | 
 |     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing | 
 |     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. | 
 |     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || | 
 |         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || | 
 |         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { | 
 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) | 
 |         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; | 
 |       return QualType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; | 
 |   if (Init) | 
 |     DeduceInits = Init; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DirectInit) { | 
 |     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) | 
 |       DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { | 
 |     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); | 
 |     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); | 
 |     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( | 
 |         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); | 
 |     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. | 
 |     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); | 
 |     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, | 
 |                                                        InitsCopy); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DirectInit) { | 
 |     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) | 
 |       DeduceInits = IL->inits(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. | 
 |   if (DeduceInits.empty()) { | 
 |     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to | 
 |     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" | 
 |     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture | 
 |                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression | 
 |                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) | 
 |         << VN << Type << Range; | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { | 
 |     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), | 
 |          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions | 
 |                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) | 
 |         << VN << Type << Range; | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; | 
 |   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { | 
 |     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture | 
 |                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces | 
 |                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) | 
 |         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; | 
 |     return QualType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. | 
 |   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && | 
 |       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { | 
 |     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); | 
 |     if (Result.isInvalid()) { | 
 |       return QualType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     Init = Result.get(); | 
 |     DefaultedAnyToId = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: | 
 |   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier | 
 |   //   is present, e has type cv A | 
 |   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && | 
 |       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && | 
 |       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) | 
 |     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), | 
 |                                     Type.getQualifiers()); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType DeducedType; | 
 |   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { | 
 |     if (!IsInitCapture) | 
 |       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); | 
 |     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) | 
 |       Diag(Range.getBegin(), | 
 |            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) | 
 |           << VN | 
 |           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() | 
 |                                              : DeduceInit->getType()) | 
 |           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) | 
 |           << VN << TSI->getType() | 
 |           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() | 
 |                                              : DeduceInit->getType()) | 
 |           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using | 
 |   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual | 
 |   // checks. | 
 |   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: | 
 |   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. | 
 |   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && | 
 |       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { | 
 |     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return DeducedType; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, | 
 |                                          Expr *Init) { | 
 |   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( | 
 |       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), | 
 |       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); | 
 |   if (DeducedType.isNull()) { | 
 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   VDecl->setType(DeducedType); | 
 |   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // In ARC, infer lifetime. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) | 
 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches | 
 |   // the previously declared type. | 
 |   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { | 
 |     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete | 
 |     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. | 
 |     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. | 
 |   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); | 
 |   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the | 
 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct | 
 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. | 
 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { | 
 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore | 
 |   // the initializer. | 
 |   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { | 
 |     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. | 
 |     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) | 
 |       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     Method->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); | 
 |   if (!VDecl) { | 
 |     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); | 
 |     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); | 
 |     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. | 
 |   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { | 
 |     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can | 
 |     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a | 
 |     // TypoExpr. | 
 |     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); | 
 |     if (!Res.isUsable()) { | 
 |       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Init = Res.get(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. | 
 |   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { | 
 |     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); | 
 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { | 
 |     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. | 
 |     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); | 
 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { | 
 |     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be | 
 |     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by | 
 |     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. | 
 |     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); | 
 |     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) | 
 |       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); | 
 |     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, | 
 |                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
 |       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The variable can not have an abstract class type. | 
 |     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), | 
 |                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 |                                AbstractVariableType)) | 
 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, | 
 |   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise | 
 |   // handle the situation. | 
 |   VarDecl *Def; | 
 |   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && | 
 |       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && | 
 |       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && | 
 |       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // C++ [class.static.data]p4 | 
 |     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const | 
 |     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can | 
 |     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral | 
 |     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear | 
 |     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be | 
 |     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the | 
 |     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static | 
 |     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class | 
 |     // declaration with an initializer. | 
 |     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { | 
 |       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) | 
 |           << VDecl->getDeclName(); | 
 |       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), | 
 |            diag::note_previous_initializer) | 
 |           << 0; | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) | 
 |       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { | 
 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside | 
 |   // a kernel function cannot be initialized." | 
 |   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { | 
 |     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); | 
 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since | 
 |   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. | 
 |   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger | 
 |   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | 
 |       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | 
 |     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); | 
 |     if (Result.isInvalid()) { | 
 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Init = Result.get(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Perform the initialization. | 
 |   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); | 
 |   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); | 
 |     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( | 
 |         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); | 
 |  | 
 |     MultiExprArg Args = Init; | 
 |     if (CXXDirectInit) | 
 |       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), | 
 |                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. | 
 |     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { | 
 |       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( | 
 |           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { | 
 |             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); | 
 |             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; | 
 |           }); | 
 |       if (Res.isInvalid()) { | 
 |         VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { | 
 |         Args[Idx] = Res.get(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, | 
 |                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, | 
 |                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); | 
 |     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); | 
 |     if (Result.isInvalid()) { | 
 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for self-references within variable initializers. | 
 |   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) | 
 |   // are handled by a dataflow analysis. | 
 |   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || | 
 |       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was | 
 |   // completed by the initializer. For example: | 
 |   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; | 
 |   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. | 
 |   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) | 
 |     VDecl->setType(DclT); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | 
 |       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); | 
 |  | 
 |     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. | 
 |     // Although this code can still have problems: | 
 |     //   id x = self.weakProp; | 
 |     //   id y = self.weakProp; | 
 |     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate | 
 |     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if | 
 |     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. | 
 |     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) | 
 |       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || | 
 |            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && | 
 |           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, | 
 |                            Init->getLocStart())) | 
 |         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // The initialization is usually a full-expression. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not | 
 |   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate | 
 |   // full-expression. For instance, in: | 
 |   // | 
 |   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; | 
 |   //   struct S { S(Temp); }; | 
 |   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } | 
 |   // | 
 |   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. | 
 |   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), | 
 |                                           false, | 
 |                                           VDecl->isConstexpr()); | 
 |   if (Result.isInvalid()) { | 
 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |   Init = Result.get(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Attach the initializer to the decl. | 
 |   VDecl->setInit(Init); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { | 
 |     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. | 
 |     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       // do nothing | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. | 
 |     // This is true even in OpenCL C++. | 
 |     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { | 
 |       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. | 
 |     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       // do nothing | 
 |  | 
 |     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has | 
 |     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. | 
 |     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { | 
 |       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. | 
 |     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list | 
 |     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be | 
 |     // constant expressions. | 
 |     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && | 
 |                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { | 
 |       const Expr *Culprit; | 
 |       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { | 
 |         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), | 
 |              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) | 
 |           << Culprit->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && | 
 |              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { | 
 |     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., | 
 |     // | 
 |     // struct S { | 
 |     //   static const int value = 17; | 
 |     // }; | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [class.mem]p4: | 
 |     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only | 
 |     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or | 
 |     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: | 
 |     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral | 
 |     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can | 
 |     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause | 
 |     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static | 
 |     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition | 
 |     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a | 
 |     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is | 
 |     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression. | 
 |  | 
 |     // Do nothing on dependent types. | 
 |     if (DclT->isDependentType()) { | 
 |  | 
 |     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal | 
 |     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal | 
 |     // type. | 
 |     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { | 
 |  | 
 |     // Require constness. | 
 |     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { | 
 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) | 
 |         << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. | 
 |     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. | 
 |       SourceLocation Loc; | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) | 
 |         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an | 
 |         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. | 
 |         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); | 
 |       else if (Init->isValueDependent()) | 
 |         ; // Nothing to check. | 
 |       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) | 
 |         ; // Ok, it's an ICE! | 
 |       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && | 
 |                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) | 
 |         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. | 
 |       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { | 
 |         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, | 
 |         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) | 
 |           << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the | 
 |         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) | 
 |           << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. | 
 |     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok | 
 |       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support | 
 |       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) | 
 |             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), | 
 |              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) | 
 |           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { | 
 |           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) | 
 |             << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |           VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. | 
 |     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { | 
 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) | 
 |         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); | 
 |       VDecl->setConstexpr(true); | 
 |  | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) | 
 |         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { | 
 |     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when | 
 |     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a | 
 |     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. | 
 |     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables | 
 |     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, | 
 |     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the | 
 |     // C++ rules. | 
 |     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && | 
 |         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || | 
 |          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && | 
 |         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && | 
 |         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) | 
 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: | 
 |   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1; | 
 |   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for | 
 |   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). | 
 |   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which | 
 |   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without | 
 |   // special case code. | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ 8.5p11: | 
 |   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally | 
 |   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a | 
 |   // class type. | 
 |   if (CXXDirectInit) { | 
 |     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); | 
 |     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); | 
 |   } else if (DirectInit) { | 
 |     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. | 
 |     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an | 
 | /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form | 
 | /// of sanity. | 
 | void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { | 
 |   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a | 
 |   // variable's type is either dependent or complete". | 
 |   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | 
 |   if (!VD) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. | 
 |   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) | 
 |     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) | 
 |       BD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. | 
 |   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { | 
 |     D->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType Ty = VD->getType(); | 
 |   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Require a complete type. | 
 |   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), | 
 |                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), | 
 |                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
 |     VD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Require a non-abstract type. | 
 |   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, | 
 |                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 |                              AbstractVariableType)) { | 
 |     VD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, | 
 |   // though. | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { | 
 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. | 
 |   if (!RealDecl) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { | 
 |     QualType Type = Var->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. | 
 |     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { | 
 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; | 
 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Type->isUndeducedType() && | 
 |         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with | 
 |     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify | 
 |     // a brace-or-equal-initializer. | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to | 
 |     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data | 
 |     // member. | 
 |     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && | 
 |         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { | 
 |       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { | 
 |         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always | 
 |         // a definition there. | 
 |         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { | 
 |           Diag(Var->getLocation(), | 
 |                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) | 
 |             << Var->getDeclName(); | 
 |           Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           return; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); | 
 |         Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must | 
 |     // be initialized. | 
 |     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && | 
 |         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { | 
 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); | 
 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | 
 |     case VarDecl::Definition: | 
 |       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member | 
 |       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like | 
 |       // a declaration. | 
 |       // | 
 |       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; | 
 |  | 
 |     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: | 
 |       // It's only a declaration. | 
 |  | 
 |       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is | 
 |       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the | 
 |       // object shall be complete. | 
 |       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && | 
 |           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, | 
 |                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) | 
 |         Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Make sure that the type is not abstract. | 
 |       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, | 
 |                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 |                                  AbstractVariableType)) | 
 |         Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { | 
 |         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); | 
 |         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: | 
 |       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an | 
 |       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a | 
 |       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", | 
 |       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with | 
 |       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). | 
 |       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT | 
 |                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { | 
 |           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), | 
 |                                   ArrayT->getElementType(), | 
 |                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) | 
 |             Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { | 
 |           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is | 
 |           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the | 
 |           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. | 
 |           // NOTE: code such as the following | 
 |           //     static struct s; | 
 |           //     struct s { int a; }; | 
 |           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of | 
 |           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. | 
 |           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. | 
 |           if (Var->isFirstDecl()) | 
 |             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, | 
 |                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Record the tentative definition; we're done. | 
 |       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable | 
 |     // definitions with incomplete array type. | 
 |     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | 
 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(), | 
 |            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); | 
 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable | 
 |     // definitions with reference type. | 
 |     if (Type->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) | 
 |         << Var->getDeclName() | 
 |         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); | 
 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a | 
 |     // variable with dependent type. | 
 |     if (Type->isDependentType()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |       return; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { | 
 |       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), | 
 |                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type), | 
 |                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
 |         Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The variable can not have an abstract class type. | 
 |     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, | 
 |                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 |                                AbstractVariableType)) { | 
 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x | 
 |     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic | 
 |     // storage duration", not a "local variable". | 
 |     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 | 
 |     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic | 
 |     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is | 
 |     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a | 
 |     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified | 
 |     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding | 
 |     //   types and is declared without an initializer. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { | 
 |       if (const RecordType *Record | 
 |             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
 |         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); | 
 |         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the | 
 |         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can | 
 |         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. | 
 |         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) | 
 |           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: | 
 |     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the | 
 |     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or | 
 |     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if | 
 |     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class | 
 |     //   type shall have a user-declared default | 
 |     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for | 
 |     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if | 
 |     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object | 
 |     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the | 
 |     //   program is ill-formed. | 
 |     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: | 
 |     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is | 
 |     //   default-initialized; [...]. | 
 |     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); | 
 |     InitializationKind Kind | 
 |       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); | 
 |  | 
 |     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); | 
 |     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); | 
 |     if (Init.isInvalid()) | 
 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     else if (Init.get()) { | 
 |       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); | 
 |       // This is important for template substitution. | 
 |       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { | 
 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. | 
 |   if (!D) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | 
 |   if (!VD) { | 
 |     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); | 
 |     D->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); | 
 |  | 
 |   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. | 
 |   int Error = -1; | 
 |   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { | 
 |   case SC_None: | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case SC_Extern: | 
 |     Error = 0; | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case SC_Static: | 
 |     Error = 1; | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case SC_PrivateExtern: | 
 |     Error = 2; | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case SC_Auto: | 
 |     Error = 3; | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case SC_Register: | 
 |     Error = 4; | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (Error != -1) { | 
 |     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) | 
 |       << VD->getDeclName() << Error; | 
 |     D->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | StmtResult | 
 | Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, | 
 |                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident, | 
 |                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs, | 
 |                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) { | 
 |   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: | 
 |   //   A range-based for statement of the form | 
 |   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement | 
 |   //   is equivalent to | 
 |   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement | 
 |   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); | 
 |  | 
 |   const char *PrevSpec; | 
 |   unsigned DiagID; | 
 |   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, | 
 |                      getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |  | 
 |   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); | 
 |   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); | 
 |   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); | 
 |  | 
 |   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); | 
 |   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), | 
 |                 IdentLoc); | 
 |   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); | 
 |   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); | 
 |   FinalizeDeclaration(Var); | 
 |   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, | 
 |                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { | 
 |   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | 
 |     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an | 
 |     // initialiser | 
 |     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && | 
 |         !var->hasInit()) { | 
 |       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) | 
 |           << 1 /*Init*/; | 
 |       var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a | 
 |   // local retaining variable. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && | 
 |       var->hasLocalStorage()) { | 
 |     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { | 
 |     case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | 
 |     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | 
 |     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: | 
 |     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: | 
 |       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (var->hasLocalStorage() && | 
 |       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) | 
 |     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a | 
 |   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global | 
 |   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for | 
 |   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can | 
 |   // change if it's later given a typedef name. | 
 |   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && | 
 |       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && | 
 |       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && | 
 |       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && | 
 |       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && | 
 |       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, | 
 |                                   var->getLocation())) { | 
 |     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. | 
 |     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); | 
 |     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | 
 |       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!prev) | 
 |       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. | 
 |   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; | 
 |   const Expr *CacheCulprit; | 
 |   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { | 
 |     if (!CacheHasConstInit) | 
 |       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( | 
 |             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); | 
 |     return *CacheHasConstInit; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { | 
 |     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { | 
 |       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: | 
 |       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not | 
 |       //   have a non-trivial destructor. | 
 |       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); | 
 |     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { | 
 |       if (!checkConstInit()) { | 
 |         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: | 
 |         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic | 
 |         //   initialization. | 
 |         // FIXME: Need strict checking here. | 
 |         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) | 
 |           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. | 
 |   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); | 
 |   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && | 
 |       !inTemplateInstantiation()) { | 
 |     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; | 
 |     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; | 
 |     if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) | 
 |       Stack = &ConstSegStack; | 
 |     else if (!var->getInit()) { | 
 |       Stack = &BSSSegStack; | 
 |       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Stack = &DataSegStack; | 
 |       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | 
 |       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( | 
 |           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, | 
 |           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) | 
 |       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) | 
 |         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the | 
 |     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this | 
 |     // attribute. | 
 |     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) | 
 |       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), | 
 |                                                CurInitSegLoc)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // All the following checks are C++ only. | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the | 
 |       // current module. | 
 |      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) | 
 |        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); | 
 |      return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) | 
 |     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType type = var->getType(); | 
 |   if (type->isDependentType()) return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. | 
 |   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
 |     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an | 
 |     // array type; should we diagnose that here? | 
 |  | 
 |     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when | 
 |     // constructing this copy. | 
 |     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { | 
 |       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( | 
 |           *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); | 
 |       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); | 
 |       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); | 
 |       ExprResult result | 
 |         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( | 
 |             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), | 
 |             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); | 
 |       if (!result.isInvalid()) { | 
 |         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); | 
 |         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); | 
 |         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *Init = var->getInit(); | 
 |   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); | 
 |   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |     if (var->isConstexpr()) { | 
 |       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | 
 |       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { | 
 |         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); | 
 |         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source | 
 |         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. | 
 |         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | 
 |               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | 
 |           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; | 
 |           Notes.clear(); | 
 |         } | 
 |         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) | 
 |           << var << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) | 
 |           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { | 
 |       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or | 
 |       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was | 
 |       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. | 
 |       var->checkInitIsICE(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they | 
 |     // were just diagnosed. | 
 |     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && | 
 |             var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { | 
 |       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. | 
 |       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | 
 |           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); | 
 |       if (DiagErr) { | 
 |         auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); | 
 |         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) | 
 |           << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) | 
 |           << attr->getRange(); | 
 |         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |           APValue Value; | 
 |           SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | 
 |           Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); | 
 |           for (auto &it : Notes) | 
 |             Diag(it.first, it.second); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) | 
 |               << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && | 
 |              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, | 
 |                                     var->getLocation())) { | 
 |       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't | 
 |       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already | 
 |       // warned about them. | 
 |       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { | 
 |         if (!checkConstInit()) | 
 |           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) | 
 |             << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Require the destructor. | 
 |   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) | 
 |     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current | 
 |   // module. | 
 |   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) | 
 |     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. | 
 | static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { | 
 |   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) | 
 |     if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform | 
 | /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. | 
 | void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { | 
 |   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. | 
 |   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); | 
 |   if (!VD) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active | 
 |   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && | 
 |       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) | 
 |       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                                             PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, | 
 |                                                             PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); | 
 |     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) | 
 |       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                                              PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, | 
 |                                                              PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); | 
 |     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) | 
 |       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                                                PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, | 
 |                                                                PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { | 
 |     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { | 
 |       FinalizeDeclaration(BD); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable | 
 |   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check | 
 |   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). | 
 |   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { | 
 |     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and | 
 |     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). | 
 |     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && | 
 |         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); | 
 |       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { | 
 |         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) | 
 |           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD | 
 |           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { | 
 |     if (FunctionDecl *FD = | 
 |             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { | 
 |       // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. | 
 |       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { | 
 |         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); | 
 |         NewAttr->setInherited(true); | 
 |         VD->addAttr(NewAttr); | 
 |       } | 
 |       // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ | 
 |       // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device | 
 |       // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. | 
 |       // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable | 
 |       // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static | 
 |       // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. | 
 |       [&]() { | 
 |         if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) | 
 |           return; | 
 |         if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) | 
 |           return; | 
 |         if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && | 
 |             !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) | 
 |           return; | 
 |         if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), | 
 |                                  diag::err_device_static_local_var) | 
 |             << CurrentCUDATarget()) | 
 |           VD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       }(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. | 
 |   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA | 
 |   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ | 
 |   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows | 
 |   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | 
 |     checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. | 
 |   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. | 
 |   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { | 
 |     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && | 
 |         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | 
 |       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members | 
 |       // with a warning. | 
 |       CXXRecordDecl *Context = | 
 |         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); | 
 |       bool IsClassTemplateMember = | 
 |           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || | 
 |           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); | 
 |  | 
 |       Diag(VD->getLocation(), | 
 |            IsClassTemplateMember | 
 |                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition | 
 |                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); | 
 |       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); | 
 |       if (!IsClassTemplateMember) | 
 |         VD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index | 
 |   // isn't exported with the variable. | 
 |   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { | 
 |     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); | 
 |     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { | 
 |       assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); | 
 |       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the | 
 |       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be | 
 |       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD | 
 |                                                                     << DLLAttr; | 
 |       VD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { | 
 |     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | 
 |       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; | 
 |       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); | 
 |   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class | 
 |   // member, set the visibility of this variable. | 
 |   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) | 
 |     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. | 
 |   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) | 
 |     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic | 
 |   // tag values. | 
 |   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || | 
 |       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { | 
 |     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); | 
 |     if (!MagicValueExpr) { | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; | 
 |     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { | 
 |       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), | 
 |            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) | 
 |         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { | 
 |       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), | 
 |            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) | 
 |         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); | 
 |     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), | 
 |                                MagicValue, | 
 |                                I->getMatchingCType(), | 
 |                                I->getLayoutCompatible(), | 
 |                                I->getMustBeNull()); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { | 
 |   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); | 
 |   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, | 
 |                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { | 
 |   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) | 
 |     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; | 
 |   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; | 
 |   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; | 
 |   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; | 
 |   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { | 
 |       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need | 
 |       // to perform. | 
 |       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { | 
 |         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) | 
 |           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; | 
 |         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) | 
 |           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); | 
 |         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && | 
 |             !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) | 
 |           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; | 
 |  | 
 |         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { | 
 |           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other | 
 |           // declaration in the same group. | 
 |           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { | 
 |             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), | 
 |                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) | 
 |                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() | 
 |                 << DD->getSourceRange(); | 
 |             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; | 
 |           } | 
 |  | 
 |           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a | 
 |           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other | 
 |           // declarator in the same group. | 
 |           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { | 
 |             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), | 
 |                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) | 
 |                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() | 
 |                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() | 
 |                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() | 
 |                 << DD->getSourceRange(); | 
 |             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Decls.push_back(D); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { | 
 |     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { | 
 |       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); | 
 |       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && | 
 |           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration | 
 | /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. | 
 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy | 
 | Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { | 
 |   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) | 
 |   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each | 
 |   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed. | 
 |   if (Group.size() > 1) { | 
 |     QualType Deduced; | 
 |     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; | 
 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); | 
 |       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |         break; | 
 |       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); | 
 |       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       if (Deduced.isNull()) { | 
 |         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); | 
 |         DeducedDecl = D; | 
 |       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { | 
 |         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); | 
 |         Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | 
 |              diag::err_auto_different_deductions) | 
 |           << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) | 
 |           << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() | 
 |           << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() | 
 |           << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() | 
 |           << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         D->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); | 
 |  | 
 |   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( | 
 |       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { | 
 |   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { | 
 |   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. | 
 |   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, | 
 |                       Group[0]->getLocation()) && | 
 |       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, | 
 |                       Group[0]->getLocation())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Group.size() >= 2) { | 
 |     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations | 
 |     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or | 
 |     // additional declaration references: | 
 |     //   'typedef struct S {} S;' | 
 |     //   'typedef struct S *S;' | 
 |     //   'struct S *pS;' | 
 |     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. | 
 |     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; | 
 |     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { | 
 |       Group = Group.slice(1); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. | 
 |   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); | 
 |   if (!Comments.empty() && | 
 |       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { | 
 |     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. | 
 |     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? | 
 |     // | 
 |     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the | 
 |     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to | 
 |     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked | 
 |     // ahead through comments. | 
 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) | 
 |       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() | 
 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | 
 |   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. | 
 |   StorageClass SC = SC_None; | 
 |   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { | 
 |     SC = SC_Register; | 
 |     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. | 
 |     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class | 
 |                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register) | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { | 
 |     SC = SC_Auto; | 
 |   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { | 
 |     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); | 
 |     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) | 
 |       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); | 
 |   if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) | 
 |         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; | 
 |   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) | 
 |       << 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 |   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this | 
 |     // parameter. | 
 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 |     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) | 
 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 |       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure we have a valid name | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; | 
 |   if (D.hasName()) { | 
 |     II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
 |     if (!II) { | 
 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) | 
 |         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(true); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); | 
 |   if (II) { | 
 |     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, | 
 |                    ForVisibleRedeclaration); | 
 |     LookupName(R, S); | 
 |     if (R.isSingleResult()) { | 
 |       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 |         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 |         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); | 
 |         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 |         PrevDecl = nullptr; | 
 |       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { | 
 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; | 
 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Recover by removing the name | 
 |         II = nullptr; | 
 |         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 |         D.setInvalidType(true); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not | 
 |   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally | 
 |   // looking like class members in C++. | 
 |   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | 
 |                                     D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, | 
 |                                     parmDeclType, TInfo, | 
 |                                     SC); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); | 
 |   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); | 
 |   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, | 
 |                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. | 
 |   S->AddDecl(New); | 
 |   if (II) | 
 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(New); | 
 |  | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) | 
 |       << 1 << New->getDeclName() | 
 |       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return New; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a | 
 | /// typedef. | 
 | ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, | 
 |                                               SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                               QualType T) { | 
 |   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. | 
 |      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source | 
 |      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ | 
 |   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, | 
 |                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), | 
 |                                            SC_None, nullptr); | 
 |   Param->setImplicit(); | 
 |   return Param; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { | 
 |   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we | 
 |   // will already have done so in the template itself. | 
 |   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { | 
 |     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && | 
 |         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { | 
 |       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) | 
 |         << Parameter->getDeclName(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( | 
 |     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { | 
 |   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified | 
 |   // threshold. | 
 |   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { | 
 |     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); | 
 |     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) | 
 |       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) | 
 |           << D->getDeclName() << Size; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified | 
 |   // threshold. | 
 |   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { | 
 |     QualType T = Parameter->getType(); | 
 |     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); | 
 |     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) | 
 |       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) | 
 |           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, | 
 |                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, | 
 |                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, | 
 |                                   StorageClass SC) { | 
 |   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | 
 |       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && | 
 |       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { | 
 |  | 
 |     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Special cases for arrays: | 
 |     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained | 
 |     //   - otherwise, it's an error | 
 |     if (T->isArrayType()) { | 
 |       if (!T.isConstQualified()) { | 
 |         DelayedDiagnostics.add( | 
 |             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( | 
 |             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); | 
 |       } | 
 |       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, | 
 |                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), | 
 |                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Parameters can not be abstract class types. | 
 |   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once | 
 |   // the class has been completely parsed. | 
 |   if (!CurContext->isRecord() && | 
 |       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 |                              AbstractParamType)) | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are | 
 |   // passed by reference. | 
 |   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { | 
 |     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = | 
 |         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); | 
 |     Diag(NameLoc, | 
 |          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); | 
 |     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); | 
 |     New->setType(T); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage | 
 |   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." | 
 |   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have | 
 |   // an address space. | 
 |   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && | 
 |       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type | 
 |       // to be qualified with an address space. | 
 |       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && | 
 |         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { | 
 |     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return New; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, | 
 |                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { | 
 |   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' | 
 |   // for a K&R function. | 
 |   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { | 
 |     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { | 
 |       --i; | 
 |       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { | 
 |         SmallString<256> Code; | 
 |         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) | 
 |             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; | 
 |         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) | 
 |             << FTI.Params[i].Ident | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better | 
 |         // type. | 
 |         AttributeFactory attrs; | 
 |         DeclSpec DS(attrs); | 
 |         const char* PrevSpec; // unused | 
 |         unsigned DiagID; // unused | 
 |         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, | 
 |                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |         // Use the identifier location for the type source range. | 
 |         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); | 
 |         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); | 
 |         Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); | 
 |         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); | 
 |         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl * | 
 | Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, | 
 |                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, | 
 |                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { | 
 |   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); | 
 |   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); | 
 |   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); | 
 |   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); | 
 |   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { | 
 |   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, | 
 |                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { | 
 |   // Don't warn about invalid declarations. | 
 |   if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Or declarations that aren't global. | 
 |   if (!FD->isGlobal()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn about C++ member functions. | 
 |   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn about 'main'. | 
 |   if (FD->isMain()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn about inline functions. | 
 |   if (FD->isInlined()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn about function templates. | 
 |   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn about function template specializations. | 
 |   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. | 
 |   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. | 
 |   if (FD->isDeleted()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool MissingPrototype = true; | 
 |   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); | 
 |        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { | 
 |     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method | 
 |     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. | 
 |     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); | 
 |     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) | 
 |       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return MissingPrototype; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void | 
 | Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, | 
 |                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, | 
 |                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { | 
 |   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; | 
 |   if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { | 
 |     // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not | 
 |     // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see | 
 |     // [temp.inst]p2: | 
 |     // | 
 |     // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration | 
 |     // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that | 
 |     // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a | 
 |     // definition. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // The following code must produce redefinition error: | 
 |     // | 
 |     //     template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; | 
 |     //     C20<int> c20i; | 
 |     //     void func_20() {} | 
 |     // | 
 |     for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { | 
 |       if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |           I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { | 
 |         if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { | 
 |           if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { | 
 |             // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of | 
 |             // the same class, is OK. | 
 |             if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && | 
 |                 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), | 
 |                                    cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) | 
 |               continue; | 
 |           } | 
 |  | 
 |           if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | 
 |             Definition = I; | 
 |             break; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (!Definition) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected | 
 |   // definition. | 
 |   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or | 
 |   // a template, skip the new definition. | 
 |   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && | 
 |       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || | 
 |        Definition->isInlined() || | 
 |        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || | 
 |        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { | 
 |     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; | 
 |     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) | 
 |       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); | 
 |     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && | 
 |       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) | 
 |         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |   else | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |   FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, | 
 |                                    Sema &S) { | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); | 
 |   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; | 
 |   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; | 
 |   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); | 
 |   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LCD == LCD_None) | 
 |     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; | 
 |   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) | 
 |     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; | 
 |   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) | 
 |     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; | 
 |   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); | 
 |   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already | 
 |   // captured within tryCaptureVar. | 
 |   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); | 
 |   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { | 
 |     if (C.capturesVariable()) { | 
 |       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); | 
 |       if (VD->isInitCapture()) | 
 |         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); | 
 |       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); | 
 |       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; | 
 |       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, | 
 |           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), | 
 |           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() | 
 |                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), | 
 |           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); | 
 |  | 
 |     } else if (C.capturesThis()) { | 
 |       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), | 
 |                               /*Expr*/ nullptr, | 
 |                               C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     ++I; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, | 
 |                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { | 
 |   if (!D) { | 
 |     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope | 
 |     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. | 
 |     PushFunctionScope(); | 
 |     return D; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | 
 |     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. | 
 |   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | 
 |     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { | 
 |     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; | 
 |     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then | 
 |   // these checks were already performed when it was set. | 
 |   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { | 
 |     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. | 
 |     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) | 
 |       return D; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to | 
 |   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing | 
 |   // this function. | 
 |   FD->setWillHaveBody(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push | 
 |   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information | 
 |   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current | 
 |   // LambdaScopeInfo. | 
 |   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, | 
 |   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try | 
 |   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential | 
 |   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to | 
 |   // have the LSI properly restored. | 
 |   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { | 
 |     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && | 
 |            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " | 
 |            "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); | 
 |     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Enter a new function scope | 
 |     PushFunctionScope(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Builtin functions cannot be defined. | 
 |   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { | 
 |     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && | 
 |         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { | 
 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; | 
 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // The return type of a function definition must be complete | 
 |   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). | 
 |   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); | 
 |   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && | 
 |       !FD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, | 
 |                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FnBodyScope) | 
 |     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check the validity of our function parameters | 
 |   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), | 
 |                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current | 
 |   // scope. | 
 |   if (FnBodyScope) { | 
 |     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { | 
 |       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); | 
 |       if (!NonParmDecl) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && | 
 |              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. | 
 |       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) | 
 |         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them | 
 |       // accessible in this scope. | 
 |       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { | 
 |         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) | 
 |           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope | 
 |   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { | 
 |     Param->setOwningFunction(FD); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | 
 |     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { | 
 |       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); | 
 |  | 
 |       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. | 
 |   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | 
 |     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); | 
 |  | 
 |   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. | 
 |   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && | 
 |       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { | 
 |     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); | 
 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return D; | 
 |   } | 
 |   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be | 
 |   // a function template). | 
 |   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); | 
 |   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && | 
 |       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && | 
 |       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) | 
 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); | 
 |  | 
 |   return D; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, | 
 | /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value | 
 | /// optimization. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value | 
 | /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any | 
 | /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can | 
 | /// use the named return value optimization. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return | 
 | /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that | 
 | /// candidate is an NRVO variable. | 
 | void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { | 
 |   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { | 
 |       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) | 
 |         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { | 
 |   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced | 
 |   // return type (yet). | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { | 
 |     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, | 
 |     // we can still delay parsing it. | 
 |     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { | 
 |       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); | 
 |       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && | 
 |           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { | 
 |         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); | 
 |         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { | 
 |   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is | 
 |   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the | 
 |   // rest of the file. | 
 |   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, | 
 |   // because any callers of that function need to know the type. | 
 |   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { | 
 |     if (FD->isConstexpr()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template | 
 |     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered | 
 |     // "undeduced". | 
 |     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { | 
 |   if (!Decl) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) | 
 |     FD->setHasSkippedBody(); | 
 |   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) | 
 |     MD->setHasSkippedBody(); | 
 |   return Decl; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { | 
 |   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, | 
 |                                     bool IsInstantiation) { | 
 |   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); | 
 |   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) | 
 |     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FD) { | 
 |     FD->setBody(Body); | 
 |     FD->setWillHaveBody(false); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | 
 |       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && | 
 |           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { | 
 |         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' | 
 |         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and | 
 |         // the deduced result type is 'void'. | 
 |         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { | 
 |           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) | 
 |               << FD->getReturnType(); | 
 |           FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. | 
 |           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); | 
 |           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( | 
 |               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { | 
 |       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call | 
 |       // operators because we don't support return type deduction. | 
 |       auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); | 
 |       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { | 
 |         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); | 
 |  | 
 |         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: | 
 |         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement | 
 |         //   [the deduced type is] the type void | 
 |         QualType RetType = | 
 |             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; | 
 |  | 
 |         // Update the return type to the deduced type. | 
 |         const FunctionProtoType *Proto = | 
 |             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), | 
 |                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, | 
 |     // don't complain about missing return statements. | 
 |     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) | 
 |       WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, | 
 |     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) | 
 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. | 
 |       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) | 
 |         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); | 
 |       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), | 
 |                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. | 
 |       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) | 
 |         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); | 
 |       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) | 
 |         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check | 
 |       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around | 
 |       // to deduce an implicit return type. | 
 |       if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && | 
 |           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) | 
 |         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: | 
 |     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous | 
 |     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the | 
 |     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect | 
 |     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files. | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; | 
 |     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { | 
 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { | 
 |         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, | 
 |         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype | 
 |         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = | 
 |                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { | 
 |           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); | 
 |           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) | 
 |             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), | 
 |                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) | 
 |                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype | 
 |                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes | 
 |       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. | 
 |       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide | 
 |       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. | 
 |       //   An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition | 
 |       //   of that function specifies that the function has no parameters | 
 |       //   (C99 6.7.5.3p14) | 
 |       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && | 
 |           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | 
 |         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); | 
 |         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); | 
 |         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); | 
 |         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. | 
 |     if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) | 
 |       if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) | 
 |         if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) | 
 |           Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getLocStart(), | 
 |                diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | 
 |       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; | 
 |       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && | 
 |           MD->isVirtual() && | 
 |           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && | 
 |           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { | 
 |         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. | 
 |         if (FD->isInlined() && | 
 |             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { | 
 |           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); | 
 |  | 
 |           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we | 
 |           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. | 
 |           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); | 
 |           const FunctionDecl *Definition; | 
 |           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) | 
 |             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. | 
 |           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && | 
 |            "Function parsing confused"); | 
 |   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { | 
 |     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); | 
 |     MD->setBody(Body); | 
 |     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); | 
 |       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), | 
 |                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (Body) | 
 |         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { | 
 |       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) | 
 |         << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); | 
 |       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { | 
 |       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; | 
 |       bool isDesignated = | 
 |           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); | 
 |       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); | 
 |       (void)isDesignated; | 
 |  | 
 |       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { | 
 |         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); | 
 |         if (!IFace) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); | 
 |         if (!SuperD) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         return SuperD->getIdentifier() == | 
 |             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); | 
 |       }; | 
 |       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses | 
 |       // of NSObject. | 
 |       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { | 
 |         Diag(MD->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); | 
 |         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); | 
 |       } | 
 |       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { | 
 |       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. | 
 |       if (!MD->isUnavailable()) | 
 |         Diag(MD->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); | 
 |       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope | 
 |     // we pushed on. | 
 |     PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) | 
 |     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && | 
 |          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " | 
 |          "handled in the block above."); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify and clean out per-function state. | 
 |   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { | 
 |     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return | 
 |     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) | 
 |     // Verify this. | 
 |     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) | 
 |       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. | 
 |     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && | 
 |         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) | 
 |       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { | 
 |       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) | 
 |         CheckDestructor(Destructor); | 
 |  | 
 |       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), | 
 |                                              Destructor->getParent()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have | 
 |     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for | 
 |     // deletion in some later function. | 
 |     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || | 
 |         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { | 
 |       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && | 
 |         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { | 
 |       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are | 
 |       // enabled. | 
 |       ActivePolicy = &WP; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || | 
 |          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) | 
 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { | 
 |       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { | 
 |         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't | 
 |         // require prologue. | 
 |         bool RegisterVariables = false; | 
 |         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { | 
 |           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { | 
 |             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { | 
 |               RegisterVariables = | 
 |                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); | 
 |               if (!RegisterVariables) | 
 |                 break; | 
 |             } | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |         if (RegisterVariables) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { | 
 |           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); | 
 |           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); | 
 |           FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == | 
 |                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && | 
 |            "Leftover temporaries in function"); | 
 |     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); | 
 |     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && | 
 |            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!IsInstantiation) | 
 |     PopDeclContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); | 
 |   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have | 
 |   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for | 
 |   // deletion in some later function. | 
 |   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { | 
 |     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return dcl; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the | 
 | /// relevant Decl. | 
 | void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, | 
 |                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { | 
 |   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. | 
 |   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) | 
 |     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) | 
 |     if (Method->isStatic()) | 
 |       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function | 
 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). | 
 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { | 
 |   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding | 
 |   // DeclContext. | 
 |   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. | 
 |   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope | 
 |   // instead. | 
 |   Scope *BlockScope = S; | 
 |   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) | 
 |     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; | 
 |   while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) | 
 |     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); | 
 |   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined | 
 |   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of | 
 |   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that | 
 |   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. | 
 |   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); | 
 |   if (ExternCPrev) { | 
 |     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so | 
 |     // that later (non-call) uses can see it. | 
 |     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C89 footnote 38: | 
 |     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", | 
 |     //   the behavior is undefined. | 
 |     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || | 
 |         !Context.typesAreCompatible( | 
 |             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), | 
 |             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) | 
 |           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; | 
 |       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       return ExternCPrev; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it. | 
 |   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. | 
 |   unsigned diag_id; | 
 |   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) | 
 |     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; | 
 |   else if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().OpenCL) | 
 |     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; | 
 |   else | 
 |     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; | 
 |   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II << getLangOpts().OpenCL; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building | 
 |   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing | 
 |   // more to do. | 
 |   if (ExternCPrev) | 
 |     return ExternCPrev; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit | 
 |   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. | 
 |   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { | 
 |     TypoCorrection Corrected; | 
 |     if (S && | 
 |         (Corrected = CorrectTypo( | 
 |              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, | 
 |              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) | 
 |       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), | 
 |                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); | 
 |   const char *Dummy; | 
 |   AttributeFactory attrFactory; | 
 |   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); | 
 |   unsigned DiagID; | 
 |   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, | 
 |                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | 
 |   (void)Error; // Silence warning. | 
 |   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); | 
 |   SourceLocation NoLoc; | 
 |   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); | 
 |   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, | 
 |                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, | 
 |                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, | 
 |                                              /*Params=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                              /*NumParams=*/0, | 
 |                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, | 
 |                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, | 
 |                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0, | 
 |                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, | 
 |                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, | 
 |                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, | 
 |                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, | 
 |                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, | 
 |                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, | 
 |                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), | 
 |                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0, | 
 |                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, | 
 |                                              Loc, D), | 
 |                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); | 
 |   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. | 
 |   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); | 
 |   FD->setImplicit(); | 
 |  | 
 |   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); | 
 |  | 
 |   return FD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on | 
 | /// the declaration of this function. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins | 
 | /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions | 
 | /// like NSLog or printf. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written | 
 | /// attributes are applied to declarations. | 
 | void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to | 
 |   // actual attributes. | 
 |   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { | 
 |     // Handle printf-formatting attributes. | 
 |     unsigned FormatIdx; | 
 |     bool HasVAListArg; | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { | 
 |       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { | 
 |         const char *fmt = "printf"; | 
 |         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); | 
 |         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) | 
 |             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | 
 |           fmt = "NSString"; | 
 |         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt), | 
 |                                                FormatIdx+1, | 
 |                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, | 
 |                                                FD->getLocation())); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, | 
 |                                              HasVAListArg)) { | 
 |      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) | 
 |        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), | 
 |                                               FormatIdx+1, | 
 |                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, | 
 |                                               FD->getLocation())); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing | 
 |     // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM | 
 |     // intrinsics for such functions. | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && | 
 |         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |  | 
 |     // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set | 
 |     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the | 
 |     // C standard. | 
 |     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | 
 |     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && | 
 |         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { | 
 |       switch (BuiltinID) { | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: | 
 |       case Builtin::BIfma: | 
 |       case Builtin::BIfmaf: | 
 |       case Builtin::BIfmal: | 
 |         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       default: | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && | 
 |         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                          FD->getLocation())); | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && | 
 |         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { | 
 |       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode | 
 |       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host | 
 |       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != | 
 |           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) | 
 |         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |       else | 
 |         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot | 
 |   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come | 
 |   // across. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && | 
 |       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { | 
 |     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | 
 |     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); | 
 |   if (!Name) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || | 
 |       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && | 
 |        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == | 
 |        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { | 
 |     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know | 
 |     // about. | 
 |   } else | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { | 
 |     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be | 
 |     // target-specific builtins, perhaps? | 
 |     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, | 
 |                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, | 
 |                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, | 
 |                                              FD->getLocation())); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { | 
 |     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, | 
 |     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. | 
 |     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) | 
 |       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), | 
 |                                                 FD->getLocation())); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, | 
 |                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { | 
 |   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); | 
 |   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!TInfo) { | 
 |     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); | 
 |     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Scope manipulation handled by caller. | 
 |   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, | 
 |                                            D.getLocStart(), | 
 |                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 |                                            D.getIdentifier(), | 
 |                                            TInfo); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. | 
 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) { | 
 |     NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     return NewTD; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { | 
 |     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) | 
 |         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() | 
 |         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); | 
 |     else | 
 |       NewTD->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: | 
 |   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or | 
 |   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration | 
 |   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the | 
 |   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. | 
 |   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. | 
 |   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { | 
 |   case TST_enum: | 
 |   case TST_struct: | 
 |   case TST_interface: | 
 |   case TST_union: | 
 |   case TST_class: { | 
 |     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); | 
 |     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return NewTD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { | 
 |   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); | 
 |   QualType T = TI->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (T->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | 
 |     if (BT->isInteger()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. | 
 | /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. | 
 | bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, | 
 |                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, | 
 |                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) { | 
 |   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { | 
 |     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) | 
 |       << Prev->isScoped(); | 
 |     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { | 
 |     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && | 
 |         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && | 
 |         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, | 
 |                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) { | 
 |       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. | 
 |       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) | 
 |         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); | 
 |       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) | 
 |           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { | 
 |     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) | 
 |       << Prev->isFixed(); | 
 |     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for | 
 | /// redeclaration diagnostic message. | 
 | /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns diagnostic %select index. | 
 | static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { | 
 |   switch (Tag) { | 
 |   case TTK_Struct: return 0; | 
 |   case TTK_Interface: return 1; | 
 |   case TTK_Class:  return 2; | 
 |   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with | 
 | /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. | 
 | static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) | 
 | { | 
 |   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, | 
 |                                              TagTypeKind TTK) { | 
 |   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 |     return NTK_Typedef; | 
 |   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 |     return NTK_TypeAlias; | 
 |   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 |     return NTK_Template; | 
 |   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 |     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; | 
 |   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 |     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; | 
 |   switch (TTK) { | 
 |   case TTK_Struct: | 
 |   case TTK_Interface: | 
 |   case TTK_Class: | 
 |     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; | 
 |   case TTK_Union: | 
 |     return NTK_NonUnion; | 
 |   case TTK_Enum: | 
 |     return NTK_NonEnum; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable | 
 | /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. | 
 | bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, | 
 |                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, | 
 |                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc, | 
 |                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) { | 
 |   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: | 
 |   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the | 
 |   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the | 
 |   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier | 
 |   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of | 
 |   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or | 
 |   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the | 
 |   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any | 
 |   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to | 
 |   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be | 
 |   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or | 
 |   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) | 
 |   //   declared using the class or struct class-key. | 
 |   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); | 
 |   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) | 
 |     if (OldTag == NewTag) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { | 
 |     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. | 
 |     bool isTemplate = false; | 
 |     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) | 
 |       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { | 
 |       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches | 
 |       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. | 
 |       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) | 
 |         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name | 
 |         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isDefinition) { | 
 |       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each | 
 |       // one that doesn't match the current tag. | 
 |       if (Previous->getDefinition()) { | 
 |         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       bool previousMismatch = false; | 
 |       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { | 
 |         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { | 
 |           if (!previousMismatch) { | 
 |             previousMismatch = true; | 
 |             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) | 
 |               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name | 
 |               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); | 
 |           } | 
 |           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) | 
 |             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), | 
 |                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition | 
 |     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with | 
 |     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. | 
 |     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? | 
 |                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; | 
 |     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) | 
 |       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name | 
 |       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); | 
 |     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. | 
 |     if (Previous->getDefinition()) { | 
 |         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) | 
 |           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) | 
 |           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), | 
 |                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name | 
 | /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. | 
 | /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: | 
 | ///   namespace N { | 
 | ///     struct X; | 
 | ///     namespace M { | 
 | ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; | 
 | ///     } | 
 | ///   } | 
 | static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, | 
 |                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) { | 
 |   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see | 
 |   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until | 
 |   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. | 
 |   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; | 
 |   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { | 
 |     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by | 
 |     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. | 
 |     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); | 
 |     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) | 
 |       return FixItHint(); | 
 |     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); | 
 |     Namespaces.push_back(II); | 
 |     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( | 
 |         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); | 
 |     if (Lookup == Namespace) | 
 |       break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and | 
 |   // build an NNS. | 
 |   SmallString<64> Insertion; | 
 |   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); | 
 |   if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) | 
 |     OS << "::"; | 
 |   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); | 
 |   for (auto *II : Namespaces) | 
 |     OS << II->getName() << "::"; | 
 |   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can | 
 | /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup | 
 | /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a | 
 | /// using-declaration). | 
 | static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, | 
 |                                          DeclContext *NewDC) { | 
 |   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either | 
 |   // encloses the other). | 
 |   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | 
 |       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the | 
 | /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null. | 
 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a | 
 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or | 
 | /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should | 
 | /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, | 
 |                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
 |                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 |                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, | 
 |                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, | 
 |                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, | 
 |                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, | 
 |                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, | 
 |                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, | 
 |                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, | 
 |                      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { | 
 |   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; | 
 |   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && | 
 |          "Nameless record must be a definition!"); | 
 |   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); | 
 |  | 
 |   OwnedDecl = false; | 
 |   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); | 
 |   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. | 
 |   bool isMemberSpecialization = false; | 
 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters | 
 |   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work | 
 |   // for non-C++ cases. | 
 |   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || | 
 |       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { | 
 |     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = | 
 |             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( | 
 |                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, | 
 |                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { | 
 |       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { | 
 |         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { | 
 |         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may | 
 |         // be a member of another template). | 
 |  | 
 |         if (Invalid) | 
 |           return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |         OwnedDecl = false; | 
 |         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( | 
 |             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, | 
 |             AS, ModulePrivateLoc, | 
 |             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, | 
 |             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); | 
 |         return Result.get(); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // The "template<>" header is extraneous. | 
 |         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) | 
 |           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; | 
 |         isMemberSpecialization = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do | 
 |   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible | 
 |   // redeclaration. | 
 |   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; | 
 |   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { | 
 |     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { | 
 |       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the | 
 |       // type, default to int. | 
 |       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); | 
 |     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { | 
 |       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an | 
 |       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. | 
 |       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; | 
 |       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); | 
 |       EnumUnderlying = TI; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) | 
 |         // Recover by falling back to int. | 
 |         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, | 
 |                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) | 
 |         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); | 
 |  | 
 |     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | 
 |       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type | 
 |       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set | 
 |       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This | 
 |       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. | 
 |       if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | 
 |         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; | 
 |   DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | 
 |   bool isStdBadAlloc = false; | 
 |   bool isStdAlignValT = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); | 
 |   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) | 
 |     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C | 
 |   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl | 
 |   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. | 
 |   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { | 
 |     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); | 
 |     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the | 
 |     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union | 
 |     // keyword. | 
 |     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; | 
 |     TagDecl *New = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { | 
 |       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, | 
 |                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); | 
 |       // If this is an undefined enum, bail. | 
 |       if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       if (EnumUnderlying) { | 
 |         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); | 
 |         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) | 
 |           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); | 
 |         else | 
 |           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); | 
 |         ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { // struct/union | 
 |       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, | 
 |                                nullptr); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { | 
 |       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked | 
 |       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this | 
 |       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is | 
 |       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at | 
 |       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because | 
 |       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the | 
 |       // parsing of the struct). | 
 |       if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { | 
 |         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); | 
 |         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 |     return New; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); | 
 |   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { | 
 |     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check for invalid 'foo::'. | 
 |     if (SS.isInvalid()) { | 
 |       Name = nullptr; | 
 |       goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent | 
 |     // context, don't try to make a decl for it. | 
 |     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { | 
 |       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); | 
 |       if (!DC) { | 
 |         IsDependent = true; | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); | 
 |       if (!DC) { | 
 |         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) | 
 |           << SS.getRange(); | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     SearchDC = DC; | 
 |     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. | 
 |     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Previous.empty()) { | 
 |       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the | 
 |       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, | 
 |       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base | 
 |       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat | 
 |       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. | 
 |       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. | 
 |       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && | 
 |           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { | 
 |         IsDependent = true; | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. | 
 |       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) | 
 |         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); | 
 |       Name = nullptr; | 
 |       Invalid = true; | 
 |       goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (Name) { | 
 |     // C++14 [class.mem]p14: | 
 |     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a | 
 |     //   name different from T: | 
 |     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type | 
 |     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && | 
 |         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward | 
 |     // declaration or definition. | 
 |     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we | 
 |     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we | 
 |     // shouldn't be diagnosing. | 
 |     LookupName(Previous, S); | 
 |  | 
 |     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced | 
 |     // by types using'ed into this scope. | 
 |     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && | 
 |         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { | 
 |       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); | 
 |       while (F.hasNext()) { | 
 |         NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); | 
 |         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | 
 |                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) | 
 |           F.erase(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       F.done(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: | 
 |     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor | 
 |     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an | 
 |     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether | 
 |     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider | 
 |     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag | 
 |     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing | 
 |     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by | 
 |     // semantic context? | 
 |     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { | 
 |       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); | 
 |       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); | 
 |       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; | 
 |       while (F.hasNext()) { | 
 |         NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); | 
 |         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |         if (DC->isFileContext() && | 
 |             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { | 
 |           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | 
 |             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; | 
 |           else | 
 |             F.erase(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       F.done(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have | 
 |       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. | 
 |       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { | 
 |         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) | 
 |             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here. | 
 |     if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { | 
 |       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated | 
 |       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching | 
 |       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak | 
 |       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? | 
 |       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) | 
 |         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Previous.isSingleResult() && | 
 |       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 |     Previous.clear(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && | 
 |       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { | 
 |     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { | 
 |       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". | 
 |       isStdBadAlloc = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to | 
 |       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous | 
 |       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. | 
 |       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) | 
 |         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); | 
 |     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { | 
 |       isStdAlignValT = true; | 
 |       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) | 
 |         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference | 
 |   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we | 
 |   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case | 
 |   // there's a shadow friend decl. | 
 |   if (Name && Previous.empty() && | 
 |       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { | 
 |     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 |     assert(SS.isEmpty()); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { | 
 |       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: | 
 |       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form | 
 |       // | 
 |       //          class-key identifier | 
 |       // | 
 |       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the | 
 |       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a | 
 |       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is | 
 |       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains | 
 |       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend | 
 |       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest | 
 |       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the | 
 |       //      declaration. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for | 
 |       // C structs and unions. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum | 
 |       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll | 
 |       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same | 
 |       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete | 
 |       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. | 
 |       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the | 
 |       // lexical context, | 
 |       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. | 
 |       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); | 
 |       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: | 
 |       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a | 
 |       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of | 
 |       //   the innermost enclosing namespace. | 
 |       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly | 
 |     // diagnose some problems. | 
 |     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a | 
 |     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a | 
 |     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct | 
 |     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | 
 |       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | 
 |       LookupName(Previous, S); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. | 
 |   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) | 
 |     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Previous.empty()) { | 
 |     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); | 
 |     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef | 
 |     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this | 
 |     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen | 
 |     // in C++. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is | 
 |     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is | 
 |     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; | 
 |     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 |         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { | 
 |           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); | 
 |           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && | 
 |               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() | 
 |                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { | 
 |             PrevDecl = Tag; | 
 |             Previous.clear(); | 
 |             Previous.addDecl(Tag); | 
 |             Previous.resolveKind(); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must | 
 |     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a | 
 |     // redefinition if either context is within the other. | 
 |     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { | 
 |       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); | 
 |       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && | 
 |           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && | 
 |           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( | 
 |                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { | 
 |         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); | 
 |         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), | 
 |              diag::note_using_decl_target); | 
 |         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) | 
 |             << 0; | 
 |         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. | 
 |         Previous.clear(); | 
 |         goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 |       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared | 
 |       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or | 
 |       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. | 
 |       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || | 
 |           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, | 
 |                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { | 
 |         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a | 
 |         // struct or something similar. | 
 |         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, | 
 |                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, | 
 |                                           Name)) { | 
 |           bool SafeToContinue | 
 |             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && | 
 |                Kind != TTK_Enum); | 
 |           if (SafeToContinue) | 
 |             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) | 
 |               << Name | 
 |               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), | 
 |                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); | 
 |           else | 
 |             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; | 
 |           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); | 
 |  | 
 |           if (SafeToContinue) | 
 |             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); | 
 |           else { | 
 |             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. | 
 |             Name = nullptr; | 
 |             Previous.clear(); | 
 |             Invalid = true; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { | 
 |           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, | 
 |           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. | 
 |           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { | 
 |             if (ScopedEnum) | 
 |               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) | 
 |                 << PrevEnum->isScoped() | 
 |                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); | 
 |             return PrevTagDecl; | 
 |           } | 
 |  | 
 |           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; | 
 |           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) | 
 |             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 |           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) | 
 |             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); | 
 |  | 
 |           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by | 
 |           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, | 
 |           // in which case we want the caller to bail out. | 
 |           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, | 
 |                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, | 
 |                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum)) | 
 |             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // C++11 [class.mem]p1: | 
 |         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, | 
 |         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared | 
 |         //   and then later defined. | 
 |         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && | 
 |             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { | 
 |           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); | 
 |           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         if (!Invalid) { | 
 |           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless | 
 |           // we have attributes. | 
 |           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { | 
 |             if (!Attrs.empty()) { | 
 |               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new | 
 |               // declaration to hold them. | 
 |             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && | 
 |                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == | 
 |                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared || | 
 |                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && | 
 |                        SS.isEmpty()) { | 
 |               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but | 
 |               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes | 
 |               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. | 
 |               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if | 
 |               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior | 
 |               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same | 
 |               // scope where we would have injected a declaration. | 
 |               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() | 
 |                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) | 
 |                 return PrevTagDecl; | 
 |               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in | 
 |               // that scope. | 
 |               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); | 
 |             } else { | 
 |               return PrevTagDecl; | 
 |             } | 
 |           } | 
 |  | 
 |           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. | 
 |           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { | 
 |             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { | 
 |               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition | 
 |               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error | 
 |               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. | 
 |               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; | 
 |               if (isMemberSpecialization) { | 
 |                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) | 
 |                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = | 
 |                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != | 
 |                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; | 
 |                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) | 
 |                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = | 
 |                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != | 
 |                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; | 
 |               } | 
 |  | 
 |               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do | 
 |               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, | 
 |               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in | 
 |               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). | 
 |               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; | 
 |               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { | 
 |                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We | 
 |                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and | 
 |                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one | 
 |                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and | 
 |                 // use it in place of this one. | 
 |                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we | 
 |                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural | 
 |                   // comparison. | 
 |                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; | 
 |                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); | 
 |                   SkipBody->Previous = Hidden; | 
 |                 } else { | 
 |                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; | 
 |                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); | 
 |                 } | 
 |                 return Def; | 
 |               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { | 
 |                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't | 
 |                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. | 
 |                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) | 
 |                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; | 
 |                 else | 
 |                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; | 
 |                 notePreviousDefinition(Def, | 
 |                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); | 
 |                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this | 
 |                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later | 
 |                 // references get the previous definition. | 
 |                 Name = nullptr; | 
 |                 Previous.clear(); | 
 |                 Invalid = true; | 
 |               } | 
 |             } else { | 
 |               // If the type is currently being defined, complain | 
 |               // about a nested redefinition. | 
 |               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); | 
 |               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { | 
 |                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; | 
 |                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), | 
 |                      diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |                 Name = nullptr; | 
 |                 Previous.clear(); | 
 |                 Invalid = true; | 
 |               } | 
 |             } | 
 |  | 
 |             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced | 
 |             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. | 
 |           } | 
 |  | 
 |           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind | 
 |           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC | 
 |           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. | 
 |           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { | 
 |             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); | 
 |             AS = AS_none; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we | 
 |         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl. | 
 |  | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested | 
 |         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a | 
 |         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities | 
 |         // have distinct types. | 
 |         Previous.clear(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl | 
 |       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by | 
 |       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. | 
 |  | 
 |     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag | 
 |     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few | 
 |     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier | 
 |       // found the wrong kind of type on the first | 
 |       // (non-redeclaration) lookup. | 
 |       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && | 
 |           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { | 
 |         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); | 
 |         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK | 
 |                                                        << Kind; | 
 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |         Invalid = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. | 
 |       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, | 
 |                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { | 
 |         // do nothing | 
 |  | 
 |       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. | 
 |       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { | 
 |         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); | 
 |         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; | 
 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; | 
 |         Invalid = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common | 
 |       // case here. | 
 |       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 |         unsigned Kind = 0; | 
 |         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; | 
 |         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) | 
 |           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; | 
 |         Invalid = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Otherwise, diagnose. | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, | 
 |         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. | 
 |         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; | 
 |         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); | 
 |         Name = nullptr; | 
 |         Invalid = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a | 
 |       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. | 
 |       Previous.clear(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | CreateNewDecl: | 
 |  | 
 |   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) | 
 |     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the | 
 |   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union | 
 |   // keyword. | 
 |   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous | 
 |   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via | 
 |   // PrevDecl. | 
 |   TagDecl *New; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: | 
 |     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X. | 
 |     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, | 
 |                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, | 
 |                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) | 
 |       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this is an undefined enum, warn. | 
 |     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { | 
 |       TagDecl *Def; | 
 |       if (IsFixed && (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && | 
 |           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { | 
 |         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. | 
 |         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. | 
 |       } | 
 |       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) | 
 |           << New; | 
 |         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; | 
 |         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | 
 |           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; | 
 |         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; | 
 |         Diag(Loc, DiagID); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (EnumUnderlying) { | 
 |       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); | 
 |       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) | 
 |         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); | 
 |       else | 
 |         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); | 
 |       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); | 
 |       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // struct/union/class | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: | 
 |     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X. | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. | 
 |       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, | 
 |                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) | 
 |         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); | 
 |     } else | 
 |       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, | 
 |                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: | 
 |   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && | 
 |       TUK == TUK_Definition) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) | 
 |       << Context.getTagDeclType(New); | 
 |     Invalid = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && | 
 |       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { | 
 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) | 
 |       << Context.getTagDeclType(New); | 
 |     Invalid = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Maybe add qualifier info. | 
 |   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { | 
 |     if (SS.isSet()) { | 
 |       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the | 
 |       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. | 
 |       if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && | 
 |           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, | 
 |                                        isMemberSpecialization)) | 
 |         Invalid = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); | 
 |       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { | 
 |         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     else | 
 |       Invalid = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { | 
 |     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when | 
 |     // the ASTContext lays out the structure. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this | 
 |     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is | 
 |     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at | 
 |     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because | 
 |     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the | 
 |     // parsing of the struct). | 
 |     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { | 
 |       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); | 
 |       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { | 
 |     if (isMemberSpecialization) | 
 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) | 
 |         << 2 | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); | 
 |     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only | 
 |     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are | 
 |     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. | 
 |     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 |       New->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), | 
 |   // check the specialization. | 
 |   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) | 
 |     Invalid = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, | 
 |   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to | 
 |   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. | 
 |   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && | 
 |       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: | 
 |       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. | 
 |       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) | 
 |             << Name; | 
 |         Invalid = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (!PrevDecl) { | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Invalid) | 
 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the | 
 |   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. | 
 |   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. | 
 |   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward | 
 |   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make | 
 |   // the tag name visible. | 
 |   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) | 
 |     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set the access specifier. | 
 |   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) | 
 |     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl) | 
 |     CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (TUK == TUK_Definition) | 
 |     New->startDefinition(); | 
 |  | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); | 
 |   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | 
 |   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { | 
 |     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; | 
 |     // if so, borrow its access specifier. | 
 |     if (PrevDecl) | 
 |       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); | 
 |  | 
 |     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | 
 |     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); | 
 |     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths | 
 |       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) | 
 |         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); | 
 |   } else if (Name) { | 
 |     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); | 
 |     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     CurContext->addDecl(New); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. | 
 |   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) | 
 |     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 |         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && | 
 |         II->isStr("FILE")) | 
 |       Context.setFILEDecl(New); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl) | 
 |     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this | 
 |   // record. | 
 |   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); | 
 |  | 
 |   OwnedDecl = true; | 
 |   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from | 
 |   // the cases where we make the type anonymous. | 
 |   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     if (New->isBeingDefined()) | 
 |       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) | 
 |         RD->completeDefinition(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     return New; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { | 
 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); | 
 |   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Enter the tag context. | 
 |   PushDeclContext(S, Tag); | 
 |  | 
 |   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this | 
 |   // record. | 
 |   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, | 
 |                                     SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { | 
 |   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Make the previous decl visible. | 
 |   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { | 
 |   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && | 
 |          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); | 
 |   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); | 
 |   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && | 
 |       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); | 
 |   CurContext = OCD; | 
 |   return IDecl; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, | 
 |                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc, | 
 |                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, | 
 |                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { | 
 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); | 
 |  | 
 |   FieldCollector->StartClass(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Record->getIdentifier()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FinalLoc.isValid()) | 
 |     Record->addAttr(new (Context) | 
 |                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [class]p2: | 
 |   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the | 
 |   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For | 
 |   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated | 
 |   //   as if it were a public member name. | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName | 
 |     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, | 
 |                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), | 
 |                             Record->getIdentifier(), | 
 |                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, | 
 |                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); | 
 |   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); | 
 |   InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); | 
 |   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); | 
 |   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) | 
 |       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); | 
 |   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); | 
 |   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && | 
 |          "Broken injected-class-name"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, | 
 |                                     SourceRange BraceRange) { | 
 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); | 
 |   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); | 
 |   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. | 
 |   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { | 
 |     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); | 
 |     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) | 
 |       RD->completeDefinition(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 |     FieldCollector->FinishClass(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. | 
 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && | 
 |       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) | 
 |     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. | 
 |   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { | 
 |   // Exit this scope of this interface definition. | 
 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); | 
 |   OriginalLexicalContext = DC; | 
 |   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { | 
 |   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); | 
 |   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { | 
 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); | 
 |   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); | 
 |   Tag->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. | 
 |   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { | 
 |     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) | 
 |       RD->completeDefinition(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not | 
 |   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with | 
 |   // the FieldCollector. | 
 |  | 
 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. | 
 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, | 
 |                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, | 
 |                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, | 
 |                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { | 
 |   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness | 
 |   if (ZeroWidth) | 
 |     *ZeroWidth = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. | 
 |   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. | 
 |   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |     // Handle incomplete types with specific error. | 
 |     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) | 
 |       return ExprError(); | 
 |     if (FieldName) | 
 |       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) | 
 |         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) | 
 |       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), | 
 |                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) | 
 |     return ExprError(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check | 
 |   // it now. | 
 |   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) | 
 |     return BitWidth; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Value; | 
 |   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); | 
 |   if (ICE.isInvalid()) | 
 |     return ICE; | 
 |   BitWidth = ICE.get(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) | 
 |     *ZeroWidth = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. | 
 |   if (Value == 0 && FieldName) | 
 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { | 
 |     if (FieldName) | 
 |       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) | 
 |                << FieldName << Value.toString(10); | 
 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) | 
 |       << Value.toString(10); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { | 
 |     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); | 
 |     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); | 
 |     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield | 
 |     // ABI. | 
 |     bool CStdConstraintViolation = | 
 |         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |     bool MSBitfieldViolation = | 
 |         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && | 
 |         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); | 
 |     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { | 
 |       unsigned DiagWidth = | 
 |           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; | 
 |       if (FieldName) | 
 |         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) | 
 |                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() | 
 |                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; | 
 |  | 
 |       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) | 
 |              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation | 
 |              << DiagWidth; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all | 
 |     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than | 
 |     // 'bool'. | 
 |     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { | 
 |       if (FieldName) | 
 |         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) | 
 |             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() | 
 |             << (unsigned)TypeWidth; | 
 |       else | 
 |         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) | 
 |             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return BitWidth; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order | 
 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, | 
 |                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { | 
 |   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), | 
 |                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), | 
 |                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); | 
 |   return Res; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. | 
 | /// | 
 | FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, | 
 |                              SourceLocation DeclStart, | 
 |                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, | 
 |                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle, | 
 |                              AccessSpecifier AS) { | 
 |   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { | 
 |     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); | 
 |     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) | 
 |       << Decomp.getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
 |   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; | 
 |   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 |   QualType T = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, | 
 |                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) { | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |       T = Context.IntTy; | 
 |       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. | 
 |   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || | 
 |       T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || | 
 |       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be | 
 |   // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. | 
 |   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || | 
 |                           T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) | 
 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) | 
 |         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; | 
 |   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) | 
 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 |          diag::err_invalid_thread) | 
 |       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously | 
 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, | 
 |                         ForVisibleRedeclaration); | 
 |   LookupName(Previous, S); | 
 |   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { | 
 |     case LookupResult::Found: | 
 |     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: | 
 |       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: | 
 |       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case LookupResult::NotFound: | 
 |     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: | 
 |     case LookupResult::Ambiguous: | 
 |       break; | 
 |   } | 
 |   Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); | 
 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 |     PrevDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) | 
 |     PrevDecl = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Mutable | 
 |     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); | 
 |   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); | 
 |   FieldDecl *NewFD | 
 |     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, | 
 |                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     Record->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) | 
 |     NewFD->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { | 
 |     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something | 
 |     // with the same name in the same scope. | 
 |   } else if (II) { | 
 |     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); | 
 |   } else | 
 |     Record->addDecl(NewFD); | 
 |  | 
 |   return NewFD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, | 
 | /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration | 
 | /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be | 
 | /// created. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \returns a new FieldDecl. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once | 
 | FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, | 
 |                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | 
 |                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, | 
 |                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation TSSL, | 
 |                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, | 
 |                                 Declarator *D) { | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
 |   bool InvalidDecl = false; | 
 |   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and | 
 |   // marking this declaration as invalid. | 
 |   if (T.isNull()) { | 
 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |     T = Context.IntTy; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); | 
 |   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { | 
 |     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { | 
 |       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. | 
 |       Record->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       NamedDecl *Def; | 
 |       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); | 
 |       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |         Record->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. | 
 |   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); | 
 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). | 
 |   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && | 
 |       T.hasQualifiers()) { | 
 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other | 
 |   // than a variably modified type. | 
 |   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 |     bool SizeIsNegative; | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Oversized; | 
 |  | 
 |     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = | 
 |       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, | 
 |                                                     SizeIsNegative, | 
 |                                                     Oversized); | 
 |     if (FixedTInfo) { | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); | 
 |       TInfo = FixedTInfo; | 
 |       T = FixedTInfo->getType(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (SizeIsNegative) | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); | 
 |       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) | 
 |           << Oversized.toString(10); | 
 |       else | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); | 
 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Fields can not have abstract class types | 
 |   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, | 
 |                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 |                                              AbstractFieldType)) | 
 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroWidth = false; | 
 |   if (InvalidDecl) | 
 |     BitWidth = nullptr; | 
 |   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. | 
 |   if (BitWidth) { | 
 |     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, | 
 |                               &ZeroWidth).get(); | 
 |     if (!BitWidth) { | 
 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |       BitWidth = nullptr; | 
 |       ZeroWidth = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. | 
 |   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { | 
 |     unsigned DiagID = 0; | 
 |     if (T->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference | 
 |                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference; | 
 |     else if (T.isConstQualified()) | 
 |       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (DiagID) { | 
 |       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; | 
 |       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) | 
 |         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); | 
 |       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); | 
 |       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { | 
 |         Mutable = false; | 
 |         InvalidDecl = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): | 
 |   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a | 
 |   //   brace-or-equal-initializer. | 
 |   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) | 
 |     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); | 
 |  | 
 |   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, | 
 |                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); | 
 |   if (InvalidDecl) | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
 |     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |     if (Record->isUnion()) { | 
 |       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
 |         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 |         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { | 
 |           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial | 
 |           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial | 
 |           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator | 
 |           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such | 
 |           // objects. | 
 |           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) | 
 |             NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, | 
 |       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions | 
 |       // enabled. | 
 |       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? | 
 |                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : | 
 |                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) | 
 |           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; | 
 |         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) | 
 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST | 
 |   // representation, not a parser representation. | 
 |   if (D) { | 
 |     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. | 
 |     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) | 
 |       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of | 
 |   // retainable type. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) | 
 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); | 
 |  | 
 |   NewFD->setAccess(AS); | 
 |   return NewFD; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { | 
 |   assert(FD); | 
 |   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); | 
 |   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
 |     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 |     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { | 
 |       // We check for copy constructors before constructors | 
 |       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about | 
 |       // copy constructors. | 
 |  | 
 |       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; | 
 |       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the | 
 |       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any | 
 |       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a | 
 |       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't | 
 |       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) | 
 |       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) | 
 |         member = CXXCopyConstructor; | 
 |       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) | 
 |         member = CXXDefaultConstructor; | 
 |       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) | 
 |         member = CXXCopyAssignment; | 
 |       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) | 
 |         member = CXXDestructor; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (member != CXXInvalid) { | 
 |         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && | 
 |             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { | 
 |           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of | 
 |           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs | 
 |           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, | 
 |           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those | 
 |           // members unavailable. | 
 |           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); | 
 |           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { | 
 |             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) | 
 |               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", | 
 |                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); | 
 |             return false; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? | 
 |                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : | 
 |                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) | 
 |           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; | 
 |         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); | 
 |         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an | 
 | ///  AST enum value. | 
 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl | 
 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { | 
 |   switch (ivarVisibility) { | 
 |   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); | 
 |   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; | 
 |   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; | 
 |   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; | 
 |   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this | 
 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation DeclStart, | 
 |                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, | 
 |                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { | 
 |  | 
 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
 |   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; | 
 |   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; | 
 |   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for | 
 |   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! | 
 |  | 
 |   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 |   QualType T = TInfo->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BitWidth) { | 
 |     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 | 
 |     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); | 
 |     if (!BitWidth) | 
 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Not a bitfield. | 
 |  | 
 |     // validate II. | 
 |  | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (T->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other | 
 |   // than a variably modified type. | 
 |   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); | 
 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. | 
 |   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = | 
 |     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) | 
 |                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None; | 
 |   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. | 
 |   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | 
 |   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; | 
 |   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = | 
 |       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
 |     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { | 
 |     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. | 
 |       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); | 
 |       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); | 
 |     } | 
 |     else | 
 |       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = | 
 |         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
 |       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { | 
 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Construct the decl. | 
 |   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, | 
 |                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T, | 
 |                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (II) { | 
 |     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, | 
 |                                            ForVisibleRedeclaration); | 
 |     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) | 
 |         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 |       NewID->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Process attributes attached to the ivar. | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
 |     NewID->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) | 
 |     NewID->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) | 
 |     NewID->setModulePrivate(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (II) { | 
 |     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add | 
 |     // these to the interface. | 
 |     S->AddDecl(NewID); | 
 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && | 
 |       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) | 
 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); | 
 |  | 
 |   return NewID; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for | 
 | /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class | 
 | /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, | 
 | /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. | 
 | void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, | 
 |                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { | 
 |   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; | 
 |   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); | 
 |   if (!ID) { | 
 |     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { | 
 |       if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // No need to add this to end of @implementation. | 
 |     else | 
 |       return; | 
 |   } | 
 |   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. | 
 |   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); | 
 |   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), | 
 |                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, | 
 |                               Context.CharTy, | 
 |                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, | 
 |                                                                DeclLoc), | 
 |                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, | 
 |                               true); | 
 |   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, | 
 |                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, | 
 |                        SourceLocation RBrac, | 
 |                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { | 
 |   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have | 
 |   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since | 
 |   // it will now change. | 
 |   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
 |     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); | 
 |     switch (DC->getKind()) { | 
 |     default: break; | 
 |     case Decl::ObjCCategory: | 
 |       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case Decl::ObjCImplementation: | 
 |       Context. | 
 |         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include | 
 |   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. | 
 |   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; | 
 |   if (Record) { | 
 |     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { | 
 |       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) | 
 |         if (IFD->getDeclName()) | 
 |           ++NumNamedMembers; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify that all the fields are okay. | 
 |   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; | 
 |   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); | 
 |        i != end; ++i) { | 
 |     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Get the type for the field. | 
 |     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { | 
 |       // Remember all fields written by the user. | 
 |       RecFields.push_back(FD); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more | 
 |     // diagnostics about it. | 
 |     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C99 6.7.2.1p2: | 
 |     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with | 
 |     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not | 
 |     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to | 
 |     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a | 
 |     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete | 
 |     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing, | 
 |     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) | 
 |     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an | 
 |     //   array. | 
 |     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); | 
 |     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { | 
 |       // Field declared as a function. | 
 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) | 
 |         << FD->getDeclName(); | 
 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && | 
 |                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { | 
 |       if (Record) { | 
 |         // Flexible array member. | 
 |         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. | 
 |         // It will accept flexible array in union and also | 
 |         // as the sole element of a struct/class. | 
 |         unsigned DiagID = 0; | 
 |         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { | 
 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) | 
 |             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); | 
 |           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); | 
 |           FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           continue; | 
 |         } else if (Record->isUnion()) | 
 |           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt | 
 |                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms | 
 |                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | 
 |                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu | 
 |                              : diag::err_flexible_array_union; | 
 |         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) | 
 |           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt | 
 |                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms | 
 |                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | 
 |                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu | 
 |                              : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; | 
 |  | 
 |         if (DiagID) | 
 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() | 
 |                                           << Record->getTagKind(); | 
 |         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified | 
 |         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place | 
 |         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible | 
 |         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end | 
 |         // of the type. | 
 |         if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) | 
 |           if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) | 
 |             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) | 
 |               << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); | 
 |         if (!getLangOpts().C99) | 
 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) | 
 |             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); | 
 |  | 
 |         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not | 
 |         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. | 
 |         // | 
 |         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete | 
 |         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. | 
 |         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); | 
 |         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { | 
 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) | 
 |             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); | 
 |           FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |           continue; | 
 |         } | 
 |         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. | 
 |         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, | 
 |         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done | 
 |         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && | 
 |                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), | 
 |                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) { | 
 |       // Incomplete type | 
 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
 |       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { | 
 |         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a | 
 |         // flexible array member. | 
 |         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
 |         if (!Record->isUnion()) { | 
 |           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject | 
 |           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of | 
 |           // structures. | 
 |           if (!IsLastField) | 
 |             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) | 
 |               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); | 
 |           else { | 
 |             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in | 
 |             // other structs as an extension. | 
 |             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) | 
 |               << FD->getDeclName(); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && | 
 |           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), | 
 |                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
 |                                  AbstractIvarType)) { | 
 |         // Ivars can not have abstract class types | 
 |         FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) | 
 |         Record->setHasObjectMember(true); | 
 |       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) | 
 |         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); | 
 |     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { | 
 |       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object | 
 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) | 
 |         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); | 
 |       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); | 
 |       FD->setType(T); | 
 |     } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | 
 |                Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && Record->isUnion()) { | 
 |       // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. | 
 |       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, | 
 |       // so we just make the field unavailable. | 
 |       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type | 
 |       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. | 
 |       QualType T = FD->getType(); | 
 |       if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { | 
 |         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); | 
 |         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { | 
 |           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { | 
 |             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", | 
 |                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) | 
 |             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); | 
 |         } | 
 |         ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && | 
 |                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && | 
 |                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { | 
 |       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | 
 |           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) | 
 |         Record->setHasObjectMember(true); | 
 |       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { | 
 |         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); | 
 |         if (BaseType->isRecordType() && | 
 |             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) | 
 |           Record->setHasObjectMember(true); | 
 |         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | 
 |                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) | 
 |                Record->setHasObjectMember(true); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { | 
 |       QualType FT = FD->getType(); | 
 |       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) | 
 |         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); | 
 |       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); | 
 |       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) | 
 |         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); | 
 |       if (FT.isDestructedType()) { | 
 |         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); | 
 |         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
 |         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == | 
 |             RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) | 
 |           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); | 
 |       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) | 
 |         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) | 
 |       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); | 
 |     // Keep track of the number of named members. | 
 |     if (FD->getIdentifier()) | 
 |       ++NumNamedMembers; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. | 
 |   if (Record) { | 
 |     bool Completed = false; | 
 |     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { | 
 |       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. | 
 |         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator | 
 |                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), | 
 |                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) | 
 |           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { | 
 |         if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { | 
 |           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. | 
 |           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, | 
 |                                           CXXRecord->getDestructor()); | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. | 
 |         AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); | 
 |  | 
 |         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple | 
 |           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this | 
 |           // problem now. | 
 |           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { | 
 |             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; | 
 |             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); | 
 |  | 
 |             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), | 
 |                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); | 
 |                  M != MEnd; ++M) { | 
 |               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), | 
 |                                             SOEnd = M->second.end(); | 
 |                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { | 
 |                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && | 
 |                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); | 
 |                 if (SO->second.size() == 1) | 
 |                   continue; | 
 |  | 
 |                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: | 
 |                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base | 
 |                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the | 
 |                 //   program is ill-formed. | 
 |                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) | 
 |                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; | 
 |                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), | 
 |                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); | 
 |                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator | 
 |                           OM = SO->second.begin(), | 
 |                        OMEnd = SO->second.end(); | 
 |                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM) | 
 |                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) | 
 |                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |                 Record->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 |               } | 
 |             } | 
 |             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); | 
 |             Completed = true; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Completed) | 
 |       Record->completeDefinition(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Handle attributes before checking the layout. | 
 |     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); | 
 |  | 
 |     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. | 
 |     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { | 
 |       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); | 
 |       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && | 
 |           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { | 
 |         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); | 
 |         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Record->hasAttrs()) { | 
 |       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) | 
 |         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), | 
 |                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), | 
 |                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero | 
 |     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause | 
 |     // compatibility problems. | 
 |     bool CheckForZeroSize; | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |       CheckForZeroSize = true; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. | 
 |       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); | 
 |       CheckForZeroSize = | 
 |           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && | 
 |           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && | 
 |           CXXRecord->isCLike(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (CheckForZeroSize) { | 
 |       bool ZeroSize = true; | 
 |       bool IsEmpty = true; | 
 |       unsigned NonBitFields = 0; | 
 |       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), | 
 |                                       E = Record->field_end(); | 
 |            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { | 
 |         IsEmpty = false; | 
 |         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { | 
 |           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) | 
 |             ZeroSize = false; | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           ++NonBitFields; | 
 |           QualType FieldType = I->getType(); | 
 |           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || | 
 |               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) | 
 |             ZeroSize = false; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are | 
 |       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside | 
 |       // extern "C" block. | 
 |       if (ZeroSize) { | 
 |         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? | 
 |                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : | 
 |                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) | 
 |           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), | 
 |       // but are accepted by GCC. | 
 |       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : | 
 |                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) | 
 |           << Record->isUnion(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = | 
 |       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); | 
 |     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
 |       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); | 
 |       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. | 
 |       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); | 
 |         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); | 
 |       } | 
 |       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be | 
 |       // duplicates. | 
 |       if (ID->getSuperClass()) | 
 |         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); | 
 |     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = | 
 |                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
 |       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); | 
 |       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) | 
 |         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. | 
 |         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. | 
 |         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); | 
 |       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); | 
 |       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); | 
 |       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); | 
 |     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = | 
 |                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
 |       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been | 
 |       // reported as errors elsewhere. | 
 |       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. | 
 |       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); | 
 |       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. | 
 |       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. | 
 |       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); | 
 |       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |         if (IDecl) { | 
 |           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = | 
 |               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { | 
 |             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), | 
 |                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); | 
 |             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |             continue; | 
 |           } | 
 |           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { | 
 |             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar | 
 |                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { | 
 |               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), | 
 |                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); | 
 |               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 |               continue; | 
 |             } | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); | 
 |         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); | 
 |       } | 
 |       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); | 
 |       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within | 
 | /// the given type T. | 
 | static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                         llvm::APSInt &Value, | 
 |                                         QualType T) { | 
 |   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && | 
 |          "Integral type required!"); | 
 |   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { | 
 |     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) | 
 |       --BitWidth; | 
 |     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type | 
 | // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). | 
 | static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { | 
 |   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into | 
 |   // enum checking below. | 
 |   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || | 
 |          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); | 
 |   const unsigned NumTypes = 4; | 
 |   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { | 
 |     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy | 
 |   }; | 
 |   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { | 
 |     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, | 
 |     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); | 
 |   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes | 
 |                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes; | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) | 
 |     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) | 
 |       return Types[I]; | 
 |  | 
 |   return QualType(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, | 
 |                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, | 
 |                                           SourceLocation IdLoc, | 
 |                                           IdentifierInfo *Id, | 
 |                                           Expr *Val) { | 
 |   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); | 
 |   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); | 
 |   QualType EltTy; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) | 
 |     Val = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Val) | 
 |     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Val) { | 
 |     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) | 
 |       EltTy = Context.DependentTy; | 
 |     else { | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && | 
 |           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | 
 |         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the | 
 |         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted | 
 |         // constant expression of the underlying type. | 
 |         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); | 
 |         ExprResult Converted = | 
 |           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, | 
 |                                            CCEK_Enumerator); | 
 |         if (Converted.isInvalid()) | 
 |           Val = nullptr; | 
 |         else | 
 |           Val = Converted.get(); | 
 |       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && | 
 |                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, | 
 |                                                          &EnumVal).get())) { | 
 |         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         if (Enum->isComplete()) { | 
 |           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); | 
 |  | 
 |           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be | 
 |           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, | 
 |           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant | 
 |           // expression checking. | 
 |           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { | 
 |             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | 
 |               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; | 
 |               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); | 
 |             } else | 
 |               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; | 
 |           } else | 
 |             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, | 
 |                                     EltTy->isBooleanType() ? | 
 |                                     CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) | 
 |                     .get(); | 
 |         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: | 
 |           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator | 
 |           //   is the type of its initializing value: | 
 |           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the | 
 |           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression. | 
 |           EltTy = Val->getType(); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           // C99 6.7.2.2p2: | 
 |           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant | 
 |           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value | 
 |           //   representable as an int. | 
 |  | 
 |           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. | 
 |           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) | 
 |             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) | 
 |               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() | 
 |               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); | 
 |           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { | 
 |             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. | 
 |             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); | 
 |           } | 
 |           EltTy = Val->getType(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Val) { | 
 |     if (Enum->isDependentType()) | 
 |       EltTy = Context.DependentTy; | 
 |     else if (!LastEnumConst) { | 
 |       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: | 
 |       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator | 
 |       //   is the type of its initializing value: | 
 |       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the | 
 |       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does | 
 |       // C99 6.7.2.2p3. | 
 |       if (Enum->isFixed()) { | 
 |         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       else { | 
 |         EltTy = Context.IntTy; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Assign the last value + 1. | 
 |       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); | 
 |       ++EnumVal; | 
 |       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Check for overflow on increment. | 
 |       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { | 
 |         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: | 
 |         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator | 
 |         //   is the type of its initializing value: | 
 |         // | 
 |         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as | 
 |         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator | 
 |         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, | 
 |         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type | 
 |         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type | 
 |         //       exists, the program is ill-formed. | 
 |         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); | 
 |         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { | 
 |           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this | 
 |           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. | 
 |           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); | 
 |           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); | 
 |           ++EnumVal; | 
 |           if (Enum->isFixed()) | 
 |             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. | 
 |             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) | 
 |               << EnumVal.toString(10) | 
 |               << EltTy; | 
 |           else | 
 |             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) | 
 |               << EnumVal.toString(10); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           EltTy = T; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the | 
 |         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented | 
 |         // value, then increment. | 
 |         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); | 
 |         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); | 
 |         ++EnumVal; | 
 |  | 
 |         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, | 
 |         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in | 
 |         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that | 
 |         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger | 
 |         // integral type. | 
 |         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) | 
 |           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); | 
 |       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { | 
 |         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. | 
 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) | 
 |           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { | 
 |     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the | 
 |     // enumerator's type. | 
 |     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); | 
 |     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, | 
 |                                   Val, EnumVal); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, | 
 |                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) { | 
 |   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || | 
 |       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |     return SkipBodyInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to | 
 |   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and | 
 |   // skip the body. | 
 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, | 
 |                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext()); | 
 |   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); | 
 |   if (!PrevECD) | 
 |     return SkipBodyInfo(); | 
 |  | 
 |   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); | 
 |   NamedDecl *Hidden; | 
 |   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { | 
 |     SkipBodyInfo Skip; | 
 |     Skip.Previous = Hidden; | 
 |     return Skip; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return SkipBodyInfo(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, | 
 |                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, | 
 |                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, | 
 |                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { | 
 |   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); | 
 |   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = | 
 |     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until | 
 |   // we find one that is. | 
 |   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this | 
 |   // scope. | 
 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, | 
 |                                          ForVisibleRedeclaration); | 
 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); | 
 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 |     PrevDecl = nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [class.mem]p15: | 
 |   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name | 
 |   // different from T: | 
 |   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped | 
 |   // enumerated type | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) | 
 |     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), | 
 |                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); | 
 |  | 
 |   EnumConstantDecl *New = | 
 |     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); | 
 |   if (!New) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
 |     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the | 
 |     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. | 
 |     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && | 
 |            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); | 
 |     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { | 
 |       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; | 
 |       else | 
 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; | 
 |       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Process attributes. | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); | 
 |   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Register this decl in the current scope stack. | 
 |   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); | 
 |   PushOnScopeChains(New, S); | 
 |  | 
 |   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); | 
 |  | 
 |   return New; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the | 
 | // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows: | 
 | // Element2 = Element1 | 
 | // Element2 = Element1 + 1 | 
 | // Element2 = Element1 - 1 | 
 | // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. | 
 | static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { | 
 |   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); | 
 |   if (!InitExpr) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { | 
 |     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); | 
 |     if (!IL) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     if (IL->getValue() != 1) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. | 
 |   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); | 
 |   if (!DRE) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | 
 |   if (!EnumConstant) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != | 
 |       Enum) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that | 
 | // a previous element has already been set to. | 
 | static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, | 
 |                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { | 
 |   // Avoid anonymous enums | 
 |   if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Only check for small enums. | 
 |   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; | 
 |   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; | 
 |   typedef llvm::DenseMap<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. | 
 |   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); | 
 |     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   DuplicatesVector DupVector; | 
 |   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without | 
 |   // an initializer. | 
 |   for (auto *Element : Elements) { | 
 |     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for | 
 |     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. | 
 |     if (!ECD) { | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. | 
 |     if (ECD->getInitExpr()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. | 
 |     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (EnumMap.size() == 0) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. | 
 |   for (auto *Element : Elements) { | 
 |     // The last loop returned if any constant was null. | 
 |     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); | 
 |     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); | 
 |     if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; | 
 |     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { | 
 |       // Ensure constants are different. | 
 |       if (D == ECD) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Create new vector and push values onto it. | 
 |       auto Vec = llvm::make_unique<ECDVector>(); | 
 |       Vec->push_back(D); | 
 |       Vec->push_back(ECD); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. | 
 |       Entry = Vec.get(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of | 
 |       // diagnostics. | 
 |       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); | 
 |     // Make sure constants are not added more than once. | 
 |     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     Vec->push_back(ECD); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Emit diagnostics. | 
 |   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { | 
 |     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Emit warning for one enum constant. | 
 |     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); | 
 |     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) | 
 |       << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) | 
 |       << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with | 
 |     // the same value. | 
 |     for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) | 
 |       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) | 
 |         << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) | 
 |         << ECD->getSourceRange(); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, | 
 |                              bool AllowMask) const { | 
 |   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); | 
 |   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); | 
 |   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (R.second) { | 
 |     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { | 
 |       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); | 
 |       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. | 
 |       if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) | 
 |         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's | 
 |   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is | 
 |   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we | 
 |   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is | 
 |   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is | 
 |   // likely a logic error. | 
 |   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); | 
 |   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, | 
 |                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, | 
 |                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { | 
 |   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); | 
 |   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); | 
 |  | 
 |   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Enum->isDependentType()) { | 
 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = | 
 |         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); | 
 |       if (!ECD) continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); | 
 |     return; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long | 
 |   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, | 
 |   // emit a warning. | 
 |   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); | 
 |   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); | 
 |   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and | 
 |   // reverse the list. | 
 |   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; | 
 |   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. | 
 |   bool AllElementsInt = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 |     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = | 
 |       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); | 
 |     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic. | 
 |  | 
 |     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. | 
 |     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) | 
 |       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, | 
 |                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); | 
 |     else | 
 |       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, | 
 |                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). | 
 |     if (AllElementsInt) | 
 |       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. | 
 |   QualType BestType; | 
 |   unsigned BestWidth; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: | 
 |   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying | 
 |   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first | 
 |   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of | 
 |   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long | 
 |   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | 
 |   // C99 6.4.4.3p2: | 
 |   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. | 
 |   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension | 
 |   QualType BestPromotionType; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); | 
 |   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all | 
 |   // enum definitions. | 
 |   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) | 
 |     Packed = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the | 
 |   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. | 
 |   if (Enum->isComplete()) { | 
 |     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | 
 |     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) | 
 |       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); | 
 |     else | 
 |       BestPromotionType = BestType; | 
 |  | 
 |     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); | 
 |   } | 
 |   else if (NumNegativeBits) { | 
 |     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of | 
 |     // int/long/longlong) that fits. | 
 |     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. | 
 |     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { | 
 |       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; | 
 |       BestWidth = CharWidth; | 
 |     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && | 
 |                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { | 
 |       BestType = Context.ShortTy; | 
 |       BestWidth = ShortWidth; | 
 |     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { | 
 |       BestType = Context.IntTy; | 
 |       BestWidth = IntWidth; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { | 
 |         BestType = Context.LongTy; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | 
 |  | 
 |         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) | 
 |           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); | 
 |         BestType = Context.LongLongTy; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits | 
 |     // all of the enumerator values. | 
 |     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. | 
 |     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { | 
 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; | 
 |       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; | 
 |       BestWidth = CharWidth; | 
 |     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { | 
 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; | 
 |       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; | 
 |       BestWidth = ShortWidth; | 
 |     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { | 
 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; | 
 |       BestWidth = IntWidth; | 
 |       BestPromotionType | 
 |         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; | 
 |     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= | 
 |                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { | 
 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | 
 |       BestPromotionType | 
 |         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | 
 |       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && | 
 |              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); | 
 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | 
 |       BestPromotionType | 
 |         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match | 
 |   // the type of the enum if needed. | 
 |   for (auto *D : Elements) { | 
 |     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); | 
 |     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic. | 
 |  | 
 |     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an | 
 |     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each | 
 |     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the | 
 |     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" | 
 |     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. | 
 |  | 
 |     // Determine whether the value fits into an int. | 
 |     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match | 
 |     // the enum decl type. | 
 |     QualType NewTy; | 
 |     unsigned NewWidth; | 
 |     bool NewSign; | 
 |     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | 
 |         !Enum->isFixed() && | 
 |         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { | 
 |       NewTy = Context.IntTy; | 
 |       NewWidth = IntWidth; | 
 |       NewSign = true; | 
 |     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { | 
 |       // Already the right type! | 
 |       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 |         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 |         // enumeration. | 
 |         ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       NewTy = BestType; | 
 |       NewWidth = BestWidth; | 
 |       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Adjust the APSInt value. | 
 |     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); | 
 |     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); | 
 |     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. | 
 |     if (ECD->getInitExpr() && | 
 |         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) | 
 |       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, | 
 |                                                 CK_IntegralCast, | 
 |                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(), | 
 |                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr, | 
 |                                                 VK_RValue)); | 
 |     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 |       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 |       // enumeration. | 
 |       ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
 |     else | 
 |       ECD->setType(NewTy); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, | 
 |                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); | 
 |  | 
 |   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { | 
 |     for (Decl *D : Elements) { | 
 |       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); | 
 |       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic. | 
 |  | 
 |       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 |       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && | 
 |           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) | 
 |         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) | 
 |           << ECD << Enum; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. | 
 |   if (Enum->hasAttrs()) | 
 |     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, | 
 |                                   SourceLocation StartLoc, | 
 |                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) { | 
 |   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); | 
 |  | 
 |   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, | 
 |                                                    AsmString, StartLoc, | 
 |                                                    EndLoc); | 
 |   CurContext->addDecl(New); | 
 |   return New; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, | 
 |                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, | 
 |                                      bool FromInclude = false) { | 
 |   SourceLocation ExternCLoc; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { | 
 |     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { | 
 |     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: | 
 |       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) | 
 |         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |     DC = LSD->getParent(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) || isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) | 
 |     DC = DC->getParent(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { | 
 |     S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) | 
 |                           ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop | 
 |                           : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) | 
 |         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; | 
 |     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), | 
 |            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; | 
 |   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { | 
 |     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) | 
 |       << M->getFullModuleName(); | 
 |     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, | 
 |                                            SourceLocation ModuleLoc, | 
 |                                            ModuleDeclKind MDK, | 
 |                                            ModuleIdPath Path) { | 
 |   assert(getLangOpts().ModulesTS && | 
 |          "should only have module decl in modules TS"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module | 
 |   // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a | 
 |   // module map. | 
 |   switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { | 
 |   case LangOptions::CMK_None: | 
 |     // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: | 
 |     if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module | 
 |     // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. | 
 |     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) | 
 |       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); | 
 |     MDK = ModuleDeclKind::Interface; | 
 |     break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: | 
 |     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(ModuleScopes.size() == 1 && "expected to be at global module scope"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than | 
 |   // here, in order to support macro import. | 
 |  | 
 |   // Only one module-declaration is permitted per source file. | 
 |   if (ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) { | 
 |     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_redeclaration); | 
 |     Diag(VisibleModules.getImportLoc(ModuleScopes.back().Module), | 
 |          diag::note_prev_module_declaration); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map | 
 |   // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a | 
 |   // module name. | 
 |   std::string ModuleName; | 
 |   for (auto &Piece : Path) { | 
 |     if (!ModuleName.empty()) | 
 |       ModuleName += "."; | 
 |     ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be | 
 |   // correct. | 
 |   if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && | 
 |       getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { | 
 |     Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) | 
 |         << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) | 
 |         << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |   const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); | 
 |   Module *Mod; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (MDK) { | 
 |   case ModuleDeclKind::Interface: { | 
 |     // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a | 
 |     // module map defining it already. | 
 |     if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { | 
 |       Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; | 
 |       if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) | 
 |         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); | 
 |       else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) | 
 |         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) | 
 |             << FE->getName(); | 
 |       Mod = M; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. | 
 |     Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, | 
 |                                            ModuleScopes.front().Module); | 
 |     assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: | 
 |     // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: | 
 |     std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( | 
 |         PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); | 
 |     Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, | 
 |                                        /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); | 
 |     if (!Mod) { | 
 |       Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_not_defined) << ModuleName; | 
 |       // Create an empty module interface unit for error recovery. | 
 |       Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, | 
 |                                              ModuleScopes.front().Module); | 
 |     } | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Switch from the global module to the named module. | 
 |   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; | 
 |   ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface = MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation; | 
 |   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see. | 
 |   // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly | 
 |   // exported. | 
 |   auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 |   TU->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate); | 
 |   TU->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl. | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, | 
 |                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc, | 
 |                                    ModuleIdPath Path) { | 
 |   Module *Mod = | 
 |       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, | 
 |                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); | 
 |   if (!Mod) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule | 
 |   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than | 
 |   // silently ignoring the import. | 
 |   // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we | 
 |   // warn on a redundant import of the current module? | 
 |   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && | 
 |       (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) | 
 |     Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() | 
 |                         ? diag::err_module_self_import | 
 |                         : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) | 
 |         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; | 
 |   Module *ModCheck = Mod; | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. | 
 |     // We need the length to be consistent. | 
 |     if (!ModCheck) | 
 |       break; | 
 |     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; | 
 |  | 
 |     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, | 
 |                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs); | 
 |   if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) | 
 |     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); | 
 |   CurContext->addDecl(Import); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Re-export the module if needed. | 
 |   if (Import->isExported() && | 
 |       !ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) | 
 |     getCurrentModule()->Exports.emplace_back(Mod, false); | 
 |  | 
 |   return Import; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { | 
 |   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); | 
 |   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { | 
 |   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes | 
 |   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an | 
 |   // implementation detail of us building the module. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? | 
 |   bool IsInModuleIncludes = | 
 |       TUKind == TU_Module && | 
 |       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an | 
 |   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. | 
 |   if (ShouldAddImport) { | 
 |     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 |     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, | 
 |                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod, | 
 |                                                      DirectiveLoc); | 
 |     if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) | 
 |       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); | 
 |     TU->addDecl(ImportD); | 
 |     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); | 
 |   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { | 
 |   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); | 
 |  | 
 |   ModuleScopes.push_back({}); | 
 |   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) | 
 |     ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); | 
 |  | 
 |   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The enclosing context is now part of this module. | 
 |   // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities | 
 |   // lexically within the module. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { | 
 |     for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { | 
 |       cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( | 
 |           getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility | 
 |               ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported | 
 |               : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); | 
 |       cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { | 
 |     VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); | 
 |     // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache | 
 |     // is now out of date. | 
 |     VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && | 
 |          "left the wrong module scope"); | 
 |   ModuleScopes.pop_back(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an | 
 |   // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. | 
 |   FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); | 
 |   SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; | 
 |   if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { | 
 |     // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. | 
 |     assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && | 
 |            "end of submodule in main source file"); | 
 |     DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. | 
 |     DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; | 
 |   } | 
 |   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. | 
 |   if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { | 
 |     // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered | 
 |     // the module within. | 
 |     for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { | 
 |       cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); | 
 |       if (!getCurrentModule()) | 
 |         cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( | 
 |             Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                                       Module *Mod) { | 
 |   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. | 
 |   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || | 
 |       VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) | 
 |     return; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Create the implicit import declaration. | 
 |   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 |   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, | 
 |                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc); | 
 |   TU->addDecl(ImportD); | 
 |   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Make the module visible. | 
 |   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); | 
 |   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' | 
 | /// (if present). | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, | 
 |                                  SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { | 
 |   ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ Modules TS draft: | 
 |   //   An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than | 
 |   //   the global module. | 
 |   if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) | 
 |     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); | 
 |  | 
 |   //   An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one | 
 |   //   export keyword. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another | 
 |   // export-declaration. | 
 |   if (D->isExported()) | 
 |     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); | 
 |  | 
 |   CurContext->addDecl(D); | 
 |   PushDeclContext(S, D); | 
 |   D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported); | 
 |   return D; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. | 
 | Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | 
 |   auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); | 
 |   if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) | 
 |     ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including | 
 |   // anonymous namespace). | 
 |  | 
 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
 |   return D; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, | 
 |                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName, | 
 |                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc, | 
 |                                       SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 |                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { | 
 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, | 
 |                                          LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 |   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = | 
 |       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If a declaration that: | 
 |   // 1) declares a function or a variable | 
 |   // 2) has external linkage | 
 |   // already exists, add a label attribute to it. | 
 |   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { | 
 |     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) | 
 |       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) | 
 |           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; | 
 |   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. | 
 |   } else | 
 |     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, | 
 |                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc, | 
 |                              SourceLocation NameLoc) { | 
 |   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
 |     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( | 
 |       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> | 
 |         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, | 
 |                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { | 
 |   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, | 
 |                                     LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 |   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { | 
 |     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) | 
 |       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 |         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( | 
 |       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { | 
 |   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); | 
 | } |